kia, the company€¦ · thank you for becoming the owner of a new kia vehicle. as a global car...

Kia, THE COMPANYThank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, valuefor money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with acustomer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at thetime of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changesat any time so that our policy of continual product improvement canbe carried out.

This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result,you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable toyour specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

i

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.When you require service, remember that your Kia Dealerknows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-nicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacementparts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction.Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle.We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow therecommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operationof your new vehicle.Kia offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models. Therefore, some of the equipmentdescribed in this manual, along with the various illustrations,may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your Kia dealer.We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoringpleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2011 Kia Canada, Inc.All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated inwhole or in part without the written consent of Kia Canada,Inc.Printed in Korea

Foreword

ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information,Reporting safety defects

Index

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3HEV powertrain / 1-5Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6

Introduction

Introduction

21

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. Use theindex when looking for a specific area orsubject; it has an alphabetical listing of allinformation in your manual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various types of safetyinstructions in this manual. Theseinstructions were prepared to enhanceyour personal safety. Carefully read andfollow ALL procedures and recommen-dations provided in these instructions.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injuryor death could result if the warningis ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

1 3

Introduction

Your new Kia vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other than whathas been specified. (Consult an author-ized Kia dealer for details.)

✽✽ NOTICETighten the cap until it clicks one time,otherwise the fuel cap open warningindicator light will illuminate.

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1.Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2.Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3.Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.Kia recommends that customers do notuse fuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 10 percent.

✽✽ NOTICEYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuel systemor any performance problems caused bythe use of “E85” fuel.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

WARNING - Refueling• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off. Attemptsto force more fuel into the tankcan cause fuel overflow onto youand the ground causing a risk offire.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

Introduction

41

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

✽✽ NOTICEYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuel systemand any performance problems that arecaused by the use of fuels containingmethanol.

Fuel AdditivesKia recommends that you use good qual-ity gasolines treated with detergent addi-tives such as TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, which help prevent deposit for-mation in the engine. These gasolineswill help the engine run cleaner andenhance performance of the EmissionControl System. For more information onTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, pleasego to the website (www.toptiergas.com).For customers who do not use TOP TierDetergent Gasoline regularly, and haveproblems starting or the engine does notrun smoothly, additives that you can buyseparately may be added to the gasoline.If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is notavailable, one bottle of additive added tothe fuel tank at every 12,000 km (7,500miles) or every engine oil change is rec-ommended. Additives are available fromyour authorized Kia dealer along withinformation on how to use them. Do notmix other additives.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

1 5

Introduction

By following a few simple precautions forthe first 1,000 km (600 miles) you mayadd to the performance, economy andlife of your vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-

cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000km (1,200 miles) of operation.

HEV POWERTRAIN

Introduction

61

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

Engine oil pressure warning light

12V charging system warning light

ESC indicator/ESC malfunctionindicator

ESC OFF indicator

Malfunction indicator

Air bag warning light

Cruise indicator*

Cruise SET indicator*

Low fuel level warning light

Door ajar warning light

Trunk lid open warning light

Front fog light indicator*

Engine coolant temperaturewarning light

Electronic power steering (EPS)system warning light*

Shift pattern indicator

Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMSTire Pressure monitoringsystem/Malfunction indicator

Active ECOECO

Immobilizer indicator

Vehicle ready indicator

EV (Electronic Vehicle) MODE

Service indicator

* : if equipped

❈ For more detailed explanations, referto “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Driver position memory system*.......4-32

2. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-13

3. Outside rearview mirror control switch*...............................................4-44

4. Power window lock button* ...............4-23

5. Power window switches*...................4-20

6. Central door lock switch* ..................4-14

7. Instrument panel illumination controlknob*.................................................4-47

8. ESC OFF button ...............................5-20

9. Steering wheel tilt lever* ...................4-35

10. Hood release lever .........................4-24

11. Fuse box .........................................7-52

12. Brake pedal.....................................5-14

13. Accelerator pedal..............................5-7

14. Trunk lid release button...................4-17

15. Fuel filler lid release button.............4-25

* : if equipped

OTF010001N❈ The actual interior in the vehicle may differ from the illustration

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

OTF010002N

1. Instrument cluster .............................4-47

2. Light control / Turn signals................4-87

3. Wiper/Washer ...................................4-90

4. Horn ..................................................4-35

5. Steering wheel audio control*.........4-118

6. Auto cruise control*...........................5-27

7. Driver’s air bag..................................3-45

8. Steering wheel ..................................4-34

9. ENGINE START/STOP button ............5-5

10. Digital clock...................................4-115

11. Hazard ............................................4-80

12. Audio* ...........................................4-117

13. Climate control system ...................4-97

14. Shift lever ..........................................5-9

15. Aux, USB and iPod port* ..............4-119

16. Power outlet*.................................4-114

17. Seat warmer* ....................................3-9

18. Passenger’s air bag ........................3-45

19. Glove box......................................4-111

* : if equipped

❈ The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Sub relay box ....................................7-55

2. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-24

3. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-29

4. Radiator cap .....................................7-26

5. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-22

6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-22

7. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-28

8. Air cleaner.........................................7-30

9. Fuse box ...........................................7-52

10. Inverter coolant reservoir ................7-24

* : if equipped

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OYFH071001

2 5


TRUNK OVERVIEW

OTFH021007N

1. Service plug.......................................H12

2. Battery cover.....................................7-35

3. Cooling duct ......................................H13

4. High voltage battery ............................H9

3

Seat / 3-2Seat belts / 3-16Child restraint system / 3-26Airbag-advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-34



23

Driver’s seat(1) Seat adjustment, forward / backward(2) Seatback recliner(3) Seat adjustment, height(4) Lumbar support(5) Driver position memory system*(6) Seat warmer switch*(7) Headrest

Front passenger’s seat(8) Seat adjustment, forward / backward(9) Seatback recliner(10) Seat warmer switch*(11) Headrest

Rear seat(12) Seat warmer*(13) Headrest(14) Armrest* : if equipped

SEAT

OTFH030001N

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving ofyour vehicle. This could result inloss of control of your vehicle.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback.

• Sit as far back as possible fromthe steering wheel while stillmaintaining comfortable controlof your vehicle. A distance of atleast 10" from your chest to thesteering wheel is recommended.Failure to do so can result inairbag inflation injuries to thedriver.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

Do not press the release lever on amanual seatback without holdingand controlling the seatback. Theseatback will spring upright possi-bly impacting you or other passen-gers.

WARNING - Loose objectsDo not place anything in the dri-ver's foot well or under the frontseats. Loose objects in the driver'sfoot area could interfere with theoperation of the foot pedals.

WARNING - Driver responsibility for passengers

The driver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever the vehi-cle is in motion. If a seat is reclinedduring an accident, the restraintsystem's ability to restrain will begreatly reduced.

WARNING - Seat cushionOccupants should never sit on seatcushions. The passenger's hipsmay slide under the lap portion ofthe seat belt during an accident ora sudden stop.


43

Front seat adjustmentForward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

WARNING - Seat adjustment

• Do not adjust the seat while wear-ing seat belts. Moving the seatforward will cause strong pres-sure on the abdomen.

• Do not place your hand near theseat bottom or seat track whileadjusting the seat. Your handcould get caught in the seatmechanism.

WARNING - Unexpectedseat movement

After adjusting a manual seat,always check that it is locked byshifting your weight to the front andback. Sudden or unexpected move-ment of the driver's seat couldcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

OTF030002

3 5


Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1.Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2.Carefully lean back on the seat and

adjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3.Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

Seat height (for driver’s seat)To change the height of the seat, movethe lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)Press the front portion of the switch toincrease support, or the rear portion ofthe switch, to decrease support.

OTF030003 OTF030004 OTF030005


63

Automatic adjustment (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted by usingthe control knob located on the outside ofthe seat cushion. Before driving, adjustthe seat to the proper position so as toeasily control the steering wheel, pedalsand switches on the instrument panel.

Forward and backwardPush the control switch forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the switch once theseat reaches the desired position.

WARNING The power seat is operable with theignition OFF.Therefore, children should never beleft unattended in the car.

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is complet-ed. Excessive operation maydamage the electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amount ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary while theengine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control knobs at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

OTF030006

3 7


Seatback anglePush the control switch forward or back-ward to move the seatback to the desiredangle. Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

Seat height (for driver’s seat)Pull the front portion of the control switchup to raise or down to lower the front partof the seat cushion. Pull the rear portionof the control switch up to raise or downto lower the rear part of the seat cushion.Release the switch once the seat reach-es the desired position.

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if equipped)The lumbar support can be adjusted bypressing the lumbar support switch onthe side of the drivers seat. Press thefront portion of the switch to increasesupport, or the rear portion of the switch,to decrease support.

OTF030007 OTF030008 OTF030009


83

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps protect the head and neck inthe event of a collision.

For maximum effectiveness in case of anaccident, the headrest should be adjust-ed so the middle of the headrest is at thesame height of the center of gravity of anoccupant's head. Generally, the center ofgravity of most people's head is similarwith the height of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as close to yourhead as possible.For this reason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from the seatback isnot recommended.

Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to4 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

OMG038400

WARNING - Headrestremoval/adjustment

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed.Headrests can provide criticalneck and head support in acrash.

• Do not adjust the headrest heightwhile the vehicle is in motion.Driver may lose control of thevehicle.

OTF030012

3 9


Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal and installationTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling the headrest up (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmers are provided to warmthe front seats during cold weather. Withthe ignition switch in the ON position,push either of the switches to warm thedriver's seat or the front passenger'sseat.

OTF030010 OTF030011

OTF030013N

OTF030045N


103

During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.With the seat warmer switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.• Each time you push the button, the

temperature setting of the seat ischanged as follows :

• The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the enginestart/stop button is turned on.

Climate control seat (if equipped)The climate control seat is provided tocool or warm the seat during hot or coldweather by blowing air through small ventholes on the surface of the seat and seat-back. While the engine is running, pushthe rear portion of the switch to cool theseat, and push the front portion of theswitch to warm the seat.When the operation of the climate controlseat is not needed, keep the switch in theOFF position.The climate control seat defaults to theOFF position whenever the ignitionswitch is turned on.

CAUTION - Seat damage• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such aspaint thinner, benzene, alcoholand gasoline. Doing so may dam-age the surface of the heater orseats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place anything onthe seats that insulates againstheat, such as blankets, cushionsor seat covers while the seatwarmer is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components couldoccur.

OTF030014OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )

→

3 11


CAUTION• The climate control seat is a sup-

plementary cooling/heating sys-tem. Use the climate control seatwhen the climate control systemis on. Using the climate controlseat for prolonged periods of timewith the climate control systemoff could cause the climate con-trol seat performance to impair.

• When cleaning the seats, do notuse an organic solvent such aspaint thinner, benzene, alcoholand gasoline. Doing so may dam-age the surface of the seats.

• Do not spill liquid such as wateror beverages on the surface ofthe front seats and seatbacks, orthe air vent holes may be blockedand prevented from workingproperly.

• Do not place materials such asplastic bags or newspapers underthe seats. The air vent may notwork properly as the air intakecan be blocked.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the air vent does not oper-

ate, restart the vehicle. If there isno change, have your vehicleinspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

WARNINGPassengers should use extremecaution when using the climatecontrol seat to warm due to thepossibility of excess heating orburns. The occupants must be ableto feel if the seat is becoming toowarm and to turn the seat warmeroff. In particular, the driver mustexercise extreme care for the fol-lowing types of passengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2.Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3.Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)


123

Active headrestThe active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s head from movingbackward and thus helps prevent neckinjuries.

Seatback pocketThe seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s seatback.

HNF2041-1 OTF030016

WARNING - Seatbackpocket

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pocket. An occu-pant could contact such objects ina crash. Heavy objects in the frontpassenger seatback could alsointerfere with the airbag sensingsystem.

3 13


Rear seat adjustmentHeadrestThe rear seat is equipped with headrestsin all the seating positions for the occu-pant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps protect thehead and neck in the event of a collision.For maximum effectiveness in case of anaccident, the headrest should be adjust-ed so the middle of the headrest is at thesame height of the center of gravity of anoccupant's head. Generally, the center ofgravity of most people's head is similarwith the height as the top of their eyes.

Also adjust the headrest as close to yourhead as possible. For this reason, theuse of a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is not recom-mended.

Adjusting the height up and down (if equipped)To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

OMG038401 OTF030017


143

Removal and installationTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling the headrest upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height and ensure thatit locks in position.Make sure the headrest locks in positionafter adjusting.

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm therear seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OTF030018 OTF030025

3 15


ArmrestTo use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

OTF030023N


163

Seat belt restraint systemSeat belts are designed to bear upon thebony structure of the body, and shouldbe worn low across the front of the pelvisor the pelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap section of thebelt across the abdominal area must beavoided.Seat belts should be adjusted as firmlyas possible, consistent with comfort, toprovide the protection for which theyhave been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce the pro-tection afforded to the wearer.Care should be taken to avoid contami-nation of the webbing with polishes, oilsand chemicals, and particularly batteryacid. Cleaning may safely be carried outusing mild soap and water. The beltshould be replaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.• For maximum restraint system protec-

tion, the seat belts must always beused whenever the vehicle is moving.A properly positioned shoulder beltshould be positioned midway over yourshoulder across your collarbone.

• Never allow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. See child restraintsystem section for further discussion.

SEAT BELTS

WARNING - Shoulder beltNever wear the shoulder belt underyour arm or behind your back. Animproperly positioned shoulderbelt cannot protect the occupant ina crash.

WARNING - Damaged seat belt

Replace the entire seat belt assem-bly if any part of the webbing orhardware is damage as you can nolonger be sure that a damage seatbelt will provide protection in acrash.

WARNING - Twisted seatbelt

Make sure your seat belt is nottwisted when worn. A twisted seatbelt may not properly protect you inan accident and could even cut intoyour body.

WARNING - Seat beltbuckle

Do not allow foreign material (gum,crumbs, coins, etc.) to obstruct theseat belt buckle. This may preventthe seat belt from fastening secure-ly.

3 17


Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)The driver's seat belt warning light andchime will activate to the following tablewhen the ignition switch is in "ON" posi-tion.

*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times withan interval of 24 seconds. If the driver'sseat belt is buckled, the light will stopwithin 6 seconds and chime will stopimmediately.

*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds andchime will stop immediately.

Seat belt warning (for front passenger’s seat)The front passenger's seat belt warninglight will activate to the following tablewhen the ignition switch is in "ON" posi-tion.

1GQA2083

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicleSpeed

Light-BlinkChime-Sound

Unbuckled 6 seconds

Buckled 6 seconds None

Buckled →Unbuckled

Below 5 km/h (3 mph)

6 seconds None

5 km/h ~10 km/h

6 seconds

Above 10 km/h(6 mph )

6 sec. on / 24 sec. off (11 times)

Unbuckled

Above 10 km/h(6 mph)

↓Below 5 km/h

(3 mph)

6 seconds *1

↓Stop *2

OTF030046N


183

*1 The seat belt warning light will go off ifthe vehicle speed decreases below 5km/h (3 mph). If the vehicle speedincreases above 5 km/h (3 mph), thewarning light will blink again.

• You can find the front passenger's seatbelt warning light on the center fasciapanel.

• Although the front passenger seat isnot occupied, the seat belt warninglight will blink for 6 seconds.

• The seat belt warning light can blinkwhen a briefcase or purse is placed onthe front passenger seat.

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.If you are not able to pull out the seat beltfrom the retractor, firmly pull the belt outand release it. Then you will be able topull the belt out smoothly.

Conditions Warning Pattern

Seat BeltVehicleSpeed

Light-Blink

Unbuckled 6 seconds

UnbuckledAbove 10 km/h

(6mph)Continuously

Buckled 6 seconds

Buckled →Unbuckled

Above 10 km/h(6mph)

Continuously *1

Below 10 km/h(6mph)

NoneB180A01NF-1

3 19


Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of the 4 positions formaximum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck. Theshoulder portion should be adjusted sothat it lies across your chest and midwayover your shoulder near the door and notyour neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).

Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

You should place the lap belt portion aslow as possible and snugly across yourhips. If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase the chance ofinjury in the event of a collision.The arm closest to the seat belt buckleshould be over the belt while the otherarm should be under the belt as shown inthe illustration.

WARNING - Shoulder beltpositioning

Never position the shoulder beltacross your neck or face.

WARNING - Seat beltreplacement

Replace your seat belts after beingin an accident. Failure to replaceseat belts after an accident couldleave you with damaged seat beltsthat will not provide protection inthe event of another collision.

B200A01NFOMG035038


203

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).It automatically adjusts to the properlength only after the lap belt portion ofthe seat belt is adjusted manually so thatit fits snugly around your hips.

When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.To convert from the automatic lockingfeature to the emergency locking opera-tion mode, allow the unbuckled seat beltto fully retract.

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

OBH038023N

3 21


To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) of the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

Pre-tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions (or side collisions). Thepre-tensioner seat belts may be activatedin crashes, where the frontal collision issevere enough.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.B210A01NF-1 OMG035300


223

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1.SRS air bag warning light2.Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3.SRS control module4.Anchor pre-tensioner assembly

Both the driver's and front passenger'spre-tensioner seat belts may be activatedin certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioners will not be activated ifthe seat belts are not being worn at thetime of the collision.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal operat-ing conditions and are not hazardous.

Because the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light ( ) on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately 6seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the ON position, and thenit should turn off.If the pre-tensioner seat belt does notwork properly, this warning light will illu-minate even if the SRS air bag has notmalfunctioned. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned ON, or if itremains illuminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if it illumi-nates while the vehicle is being driven,please have an authorized Kia dealerinspect the pre-tensioner seat belt orSRS air bag system as soon as possible.

OTF030050N

WARNING - Skin irritationWash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in whichthe pre-tensioner seat belts wereactivated. The fine dust from thepre-tensioner activation may causeskin irritation and should not bebreathed for prolonged periods.

3 23


✽✽ NOTICEDo not attempt to service or repair thepre-tensioner seat belt system in anymanner. Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seat beltsyourself. This must be done by anauthorized Kia dealer.

Pre-tensioners are designed to operateonly one time. After activation, pre-ten-sioner seat belts must be replaced. If thepre-tensioner must be replaced, contactan authorized Kia dealer.

Seat belt precautionsInfant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

WARNING - Hot pretensioner

Do not touch the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.When the pre-tensioner seat beltmechanism fires during a collisionthe pre-tensioner becomes hot andcan burn you.


243

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened and snugged on the hipsand as low as possible. Check if the beltfits periodically. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event of anaccident when they are restrained by aproper restraint system in the rear seat. Ifa larger child (over age 12) must be seat-ed in the front seat, the child should besecurely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position. Childrenage 12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVER place achild age 12 and under in the front seat.NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul-der belt assemblies whenever possibleaccording to specific recommendationsby their doctors. The lap portion of thebelt should be worn AS SNUGLY ANDLOW AS POSSIBLE.

WARNING - Small childrenDo not allow small children to ridein the vehicle without an appropri-ate child restraint system.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the seat beltabove or on the abdomen wherethe fetus is located.The force of theseat belt during a collision willcrush the fetus.

3 25


Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front seats should be in anupright position when the vehicle is mov-ing. A seat belt cannot provide properprotection if the person is lying down inthe rear seat or if the front seat is in areclined position.

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsThe entire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized Kia dealer.


263

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children who are not ina child restraint should use one of theseat belts provided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant safety seats must be prop-erly placed and installed in the rear seat.You must use a commercially availablechild restraint system that meets therequirements of the safety standards ofyour country.Child restraint systems are designed tobe secured in vehicle seats by seat belt,or by a tether anchor and/or LATCHanchors (if equipped).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.

Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your vehicleseat and seat belts, and fits your child.Follow all the instructions provided by themanufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

When the child restraint system is not inuse, store it in the luggage area or fastenit with a seat belt so that it will not bethrown forward in case of a sudden stopor an accident.

WARNING - Restraint location

Never install a child or infant seaton the front passenger's seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struck byan inflating airbag.

WARNING - Hot childrestraint

A child restraint system canbecome very hot if it is left in aclosed vehicle on a sunny day. Besure to check the seat cover, buck-les and latches before placing achild in the restraint system.

3 27


Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

WARNING - Holding children

Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.Always use a child restraint systemwhich is appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.

WARNING - Seat belt useDo not use one seat belt for twooccupants at the same time. Thiswill eliminate any safety benefitprovided by the seat belt to theoccupants.

CRS09

OTQ037038

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint system


283

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), you mustmanually change these seat belts to theauto lock mode to secure a childrestraint.If the seat belt does not operate asdescribed in this section, have the sys-tem checked immediately by your author-ized Kia dealer.

lacing a passenger seat belt into theauto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent thenormal movement of the child in the vehi-cle from causing the seat belt to loosenand compromise the child restraint sys-tem. To secure a child restraint system,use the following procedure.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• Always follow the instructionsprovided by the child restraintsystem manufacturer. Childrestraint system manufacturersknow their products best.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could result inthe improper installation of thechild restraint system which mayreduce the protection to yourchild in a crash or a sudden stop.

E2MS103005

3 29


To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1.Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions. Be sure the seat belt webbing isnot twisted.

2.Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3.Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

4.Slowly allow the shoulder portion of theseat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

OEN036101 OEN036102 OEN036103


303

5.Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6.Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7.Double check that the retractor is in the“Auto Lock” mode by attempting to pullmore of the seat belt out of the retrac-tor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the“Auto Lock” mode.

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lock mode”whenever the belt is allowed to retractfully.Therefore, the preceding seven stepsmust be followed each time a childrestraint is installed.To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

Securing a child restraint seat withtether anchorage system Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the package tray.

OEN036104

WARNING - Auto lockmode

Set the retractor to Automatic Lockmode when installing any childrestraint system.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly.

OTF030029N

3 31


1.Route the child restraint seat tetherstrap over the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

2.Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the child restraintseat.

Check that the child restraint system issecure by pushing and pulling it in differ-ent directions. Incorrectly fitted childrestraints may swing, twist, tip or sepa-rate causing death or serious injury.

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break.

OTF030030N B230D01NF


323

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.

WARNING - Unused rearseatbelts

Always fasten the seatbelts behindthe child restraint seat when theyare not used to secure the childseat. Failure to do so may result inchild strangulation.

OTF030031N

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

Lower Anchor

OTD039037N

3 33


When you install your child's restraintsystem using the LATCH anchors bucklethe shoulder lap belt, then lock theretractor and pull the belt to remove theslack in the belt so it lies flat against thevehicle seat.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

Never attempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. LATCH lower anchors areonly to be used with the left andright rear outboard seating posi-tions.You may damage the anchorsor the anchors may fail and break ina collision.


343

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side impact air bag(4) Curtain air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you andyour passengers must always wear thesafety belts provided in order to minimizethe risk and severity of injury in the eventof a collision or rollover.

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OMG039025

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3 35


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bag are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTthe appropriate position.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side impact air bag orcurtain air bag) in order to help protectthe occupants from serious physicalinjury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of a col-lision and its direction. These two fac-tors determine whether the sensorsproduce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of complex factors includingvehicle speed, angles of impact andthe density and stiffness of the vehi-cles or objects which your vehicle hitsin the collision. Though, factors are notlimited to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of extreme-ly short time in which a collision occursand the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures.This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe colli-sion and is thus a necessary part of airbag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can include facialabrasions, bruises and broken bonesbecause the inflation speed also caus-es the air bags to expand with a greatdeal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.


363

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest to both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter the impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with the cold waterimmediately and consult the doctor if thesymptom persists.

Installing a child restraint on a frontpassenger’s seat is forbiddenNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNING - Hot components

Do not touch the air bag storagearea's internal components imme-diately after airbag inflation. The airbag related parts in the steeringwheel, instrument panel and theroof rails above the front and reardoors are very hot. Hot compo-nents can result in burn injuries.

3 37


Air bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alert you ofa potential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked by an author-ized Kia dealer if:

• The light does not turn on briefly whenyou turn the ignition ON.

• The light stays on after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehicle isin motion.

W7-147

WARNING - Air bagdeployment

When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, install the child restraintsystem as far away from the doorside as possible. Inflation of theside and/or curtain air bags couldimpact the child.


383

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1.Driver's front air bag module2.Passenger's front air bag module3.Side impact air bag modules4.Curtain air bag modules5.Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*6.Air bag warning light7.SRS control module (SRSCM)8.Front impact sensors9.Side impact sensors

10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indi-cator (Front passenger’s seat only)

11. Occupant detection system (Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s and front passenger’s seatbelt buckle sensors

13. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly*: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theair bag warning light should go out.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.Have an authorized Kia dealer inspectthe air bag system as soon as possible.

• The light does not turn on briefly whenyou turn the ignition ON.

• The light stays on after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehicle isin motion.

OTF030049N

3 39


The air bag modules are located both inthe center of the steering wheel and inthe front passenger's panel above theglove box. When the SRSCM detects asufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L


B240B03L



403

✽✽ NOTICEBefore you replace a fuse or disconnecta battery terminal, turn the ignitionswitch to the LOCK position andremove the ignition key. Never removeor replace the air bag related fuse(s)when the ignition switch is in the ONposition. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS air bag warning lightto illuminate.

Occupant detection systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant detection system in the front pas-senger's seat.The occupant detection system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant detectionsystem.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING - Air bagobstructions

Do not install or place any acces-sories on the steering wheel,instrument panel, or on the frontpassenger's panel above the glovebox in a vehicle Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles ifthe air bag deploys.

OTF030047N

3 41


Main components of occupant detec-tion system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat track.• Electronic system to determine

whether passenger air bag systemsshould be activated or deactivated.

• An indicator light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicating the front passenger air bagsystem is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator will turn off and the front pas-senger's air bag will be able to inflate, ifnecessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator on the center facia panel.This system detects the conditions 1~4in the following table and activates ordeactivates the front passenger air bagbased on these conditions.Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person’s legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant Detection System)may not function properly if the passen-ger takes actions which can defeat thedetection system. These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the front

of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or rest-

ing them on other locations whichreduce the passenger weight on thefront seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.


423

WARNING - ODS systemRiding in an improper positionadversely affects the occupantdetection system (ODS) and mayresult in the deactivation of frontpassenger airbag. It is important forthe driver to instruct the passengeras to the proper seating instruc-tions as contained in this manual.

(Continued)

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system

*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits inthe front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child dependingon his/her physique and posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smaller child thanthe same age sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/heras an infant depending on his/her physique or posture.

*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.*4) The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above

12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the frontpassenger seat. This is a normal condition.

Condition detected by the occupantdetection system

1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2

2. Infant or child restraint system

with 12 months old*3 *4

3. Unoccupied

4. Malfunction in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indica-

tor light

SRS warninglight

Front passengerair bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices

3 43


1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with the hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or centerconsole.

- Never sit on one side of the frontpassenger seat.

- Never place the feet on the dash-board.

B990A08O

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place the feet on the frontpassenger seatback.

(Continued)


443

When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK position and askthe passenger to sit properly (sittingupright with the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allow thesystem to detect the person and toenable the passenger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant detection sensorwill then classify the front passengerafter several more seconds.

B990A01O

WARNING - “AIR BAGOFF” light

Do not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicatoris illuminated, because the air bagwill not deploy in the event of acrash. The driver must instruct thepassenger to reposition himself inthe seat. Failure to properly posi-tion yourself may lead to airbagdeactivation resulting in airbagnon-deployment and in a collision.If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator remains illuminated afterthe passenger repositions them-selves properly and the car isrestarted, it is recommended thatpassenger move to the rear seatbecause the passenger's front airbag will not deploy.

3 45


Any child age 12 and under should ridein the rear seat. Children too large forchild restraints should use the availablelap/shoulder belts. No matter what typeof crash, children of all ages are saferwhen restrained in the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not modify or replace the front pas-senger seat. Don't place anything on orattach anything such as a blanket, frontseat covers or after market seat heaterto the front passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupant detectionsystem.

If the occupant detection system is notworking properly, the SRS air bag warn-ing light on the instrument panel willilluminate because the passenger's frontair bag is connected with the occupantdetection system. If there is a malfunc-tion of the occupant detection system,the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica-tor will not illuminate and the passenger'sfront air bag will inflate in frontal impactcrashes even if there is no occupant inthe front passenger's seat.

Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint (AirBag) System and lap/shoulder belts atboth the driver and passenger seatingposition.

OTF030033

OTF030034

Driver’s front air bag

Passenger’s front air bag


463

The indications of the system's presenceare the letters "AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover in the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the driver's seatposition, the driver's and front passen-ger's seat belt usage and impact severi-ty.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag is designedto help reduce the injury of children sit-ting close to the instrument panel in lowspeed collisions. However, children aresafer if they are restraint in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity, seatingposition and seat belt usage, the SRSCM(SRS Control Module) controls the airbag inflation. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk or sever-ity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant detection system in thefront passenger's seat. The occupantdetection system detects the presence ofa passenger in the front passenger's seatand will turn off the front passenger's airbag under certain conditions. For moredetail, see "Occupant detection system"in this section.Do not place any objects that may causemagnetic fields near the front seat.Thesemay cause a malfunction of the seattrack position sensor.

3 47


Manufacturers are required by govern-ment regulations to provide a contactpoint concerning modifications to thevehicle for persons with disabilities,which modifications may affect the vehi-cle’s advanced air bag system.However, Kia does not endorse nor will itsupport any changes to any part or struc-ture of the vehicle that could affect theadvanced air bag system, including theoccupant detection system.

Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help provideenhanced occupant protection in frontalcrashes. Front air bags are not intendedto deploy in collisions in which sufficientprotection can be provided by the pre-tensioner seat belt alone.

Front air bags are not intended to deployin side-impact, rear-impact or rollovercrashes. In addition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes below thedeployment threshold.

WARNING - Replacement /modifications

The front passenger seat, dash-board or door should not bereplaced except by an authorizedKia dealer using original Kia partsdesigned for this vehicle andmodel. Any other such replacementor modification could adverselyaffect the operation of the occupantdetection system and youradvanced air bags.

WARNING - SRS WiringDo not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other components ofthe SRS system. Doing so couldresult in injury, due to accidentaldeployment of the air bags or byrendering the SRS inoperative.


483

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle maydiffer from the illustration.

Side impact air bagYour vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat.

The purpose of the air bag is to providethe vehicle's driver and/or the front pas-senger with additional protection thanthat offered by the seat belt alone.The side impact air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and point of impact. Theside air bags are not designed to deployin all side impact situations.

WARNING - Unexpecteddeployment

Avoid impact to the side impactairbag sensor when the ignitionswitch is ON to prevent unexpecteddeployment of the side impact airbag.

1JBB3520

1JBA3514

1JBA3522

Side impact

Rear impact

Rollover

OTD039022

1LDA2056

Front

3 49


The side impact air bag is supplementalto the driver's and the passenger's seatbelt systems and is not a substitute forthem. Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times while the vehicle is inoperation.For best protection from the side air bagsystem and to avoid being injured by thedeploying side air bag, both front seatoccupants should sit in an upright posi-tion with the seat belt properly fastened.The driver's hands should be placed onthe steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00positions. The passenger's arms andhands should be placed on their laps.

If seat or seat cover is damaged, havethe vehicle checked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer. Inform that yourvehicle is equipped with side impact airbags and an occupant detection system.


Curtain air bagCurtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.

WARNING - DeploymentDo not install any accessoriesincluding seat covers, on the sideor near the side impact air bag asthis may affect the deployment ofthe side air bags.

WARNING - Flying objectsDo not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerousprojectiles if the side airbaginflates.

OTF030037-1

OTF030038


503

They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.Do not allow the passengers to lean theirheads or bodies onto doors, put theirarms on the doors, stretch their arms outof the window, or place objects betweenthe doors and passengers when they areseated on seats equipped with sideand/or curtain air bags.

✽✽ NOTICENever try to open or repair any compo-nents of the side curtain air bag system.This should only be done by an author-ized Kia dealer.

3 51


Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor(4) Side pressure sensor

OTF030039N/OTF030040/OTF030041/OMG035053/OTF030048N

1 2 3 4


523

Problems may arise if the sensor instal-lation angles are changed due to thedeformation of the front bumper, body orB pillar where side collision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized Kia dealer.Installing aftermarket bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-genuineparts may adversely affect your vehicle’scollision and air bag deployment per-formance.

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

WARNING - Air bag sensors

• Do not hit or allow any objects toimpact the locations where airbag or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer.

1JBA3513

3 53



Side air bagsSide air bags (side impact and/or curtainair bags) are designed to inflate when animpact is detected by side collision sen-sors depending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate in frontal collisions, they alsomay inflate in other types of collisions ifthe front impact sensors detect a suffi-cient frontal force in another type ofimpact. Side impact and curtain air bagsare designed to inflate in certain sideimpact collisions. They may inflate inother type of collisions where a side forceis detected by the sensors.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1JBA3516

OUN026090

1JBA3515


543

• Air bags are not designed to inflate inrear collisions, because occupants aremoved backward by the force of theimpact. In this case, inflated air bagswould not be able to provide any addi-tional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, front air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.

• In a slant or angled collision, the forceof impact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OED036100 1JBA35211JBA3516

3 55


• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly replaced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags do not inflate in all rolloveraccidents, even though the vehicle isequipped with side impact air bags andcurtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1JBA3517 1JBA3522 1JBA3518


563

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedKia dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorized Kia dealer.Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

For cleaning the air bag pad covers, useonly a soft, dry cloth or one which hasbeen moistened with plain water.Solvents or cleaners could adverselyaffect the air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

If components of the air bag system mustbe discarded, or if the vehicle must bescrapped, certain safety precautionsmust be observed. An authorized Kiadealer knows these precautions and cangive you the necessary information.Failure to follow these precautions andprocedures could increase the risk ofpersonal injury.

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING - Tamperingwith SRS

Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other components ofthe SRS system. Doing so couldresult in the accidental inflation ofthe air bags or by rendering theSRS inoperative.

3 57


Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels, some required bythe Canada Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (CMVSS), are attached to thesunvisor to alert the driver and passen-gers of potential risks of the air bag sys-tem.

OTF030043-1

OTF030044-1

4

Keys / 4-2Smart key / 4-4Remote keyless entry / 4-6Theft-alarm system / 4-9Door locks / 4-12Trunk / 4-17Windows / 4-20Hood / 4-24Fuel filler lid / 4-25Sunroof / 4-28

Driver position memory system / 4-32Steering wheel / 4-34Mirrors / 4-37Instrument cluster / 4-47Hazard warning flasher / 4-80Rear parking assist system / 4-81Rearview camera / 4-84Welcome system / 4-85Lighting / 4-86Wipers and washers / 4-90Interior light / 4-93Defroster / 4-96Automatic climate control system / 4-97Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-108Storage compartment / 4-111Interior features / 4-113Audio system / 4-117



24

❈ The actual feature may differ from the illus-tration.

To remove the mechanical key, press andhold the release button (1) and removethe mechanical key (2).To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until a clicksound is heard.

Immobilizer systemYour vehicle is equipped with an electron-ic engine immobilizer system to reducethe risk of unauthorized vehicle use.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the smart key andelectronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou turn the engine start/stop button tothe ON position by pressing the buttonwhile carrying the smart key, it checksand determines and verifies if the smartkey is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

KEYS

OTF040001

WARNING - Aftermarketkeys

Use only Kia original parts for theignition key in your vehicle. If anaftermarket key is used, the ignitionswitch may not return to ON afterSTART. If this happens, the starterwill continue to operate causingpossible fire due to excessive cur-rent in the wiring.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your smart keyis an important part of the immobi-lizer system. It is designed to giveyears of trouble-free service, how-ever you should avoid exposure tomoisture, static electricity andrough handling. Immobilizer sys-tem malfunction could occur.

4 3


To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Turn the engine start/stop button to theON position by pressing the button whilecarrying the smart key.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the engine start/stop button to theOFF position. The immobilizer systemactivates automatically. Without a validsmart key for your vehicle, the engine willnot start.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of your vehi-cle, do not leave spare keys any-where in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a customerunique password and should bekept confidential. Do not leave thisnumber anywhere in your vehicle.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorized Kiadealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.


44

With a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door and even start the engine withoutinserting the key.The functions of the buttons on a smartkey are similar to the remote keylessentry. (Refer to the “Remote keylessentry” in this section.)

Smart key functionsCarrying the smart key, you may lock andunlock the vehicle doors. Also, you maystart the engine. Refer to the following,for more details.

Locking Pressing the button of the front outsidedoor handles with all doors closed andany door unlocked, locks all the doors.The hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound once to indicate thatall doors are locked. The button will onlyoperate when the smart key is within0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle. If you want to make surethat a door has locked or not, you shouldcheck the door lock button inside thevehicle or pull the outside door handle.

Even though you press the button, thedoors will not lock and the chime willsound for 3 seconds if any of the follow-ing occurs:• The smart key is in the vehicle.• The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON

position.• Any door except the trunk is opened.

Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver's out-side door handle with all doors closedand locked, unlocks the driver's door.Thehazard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound twice to indicate that thedriver's door is unlocked.Pressing the button in the front passen-ger's outside door handle with all doorsclosed and locked, unlocks all the doors.The hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound twice to indicate thatall doors are unlocked. The button willonly operate when the smart key is with-in 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle.

SMART KEY

OTF040003 OTF040008

4 5


Start-upYou can start the engine without insertingthe key. For detailed information refer to“Starting the engine with a smart key” insection 5.

Smart key precautions• If you lose your smart key, you will not

be able to start the hybrid system. Towthe vehicle, if necessary, and contactan authorized Kia dealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should immedi-ately take the vehicle and key to yourauthorized Kia dealer to protect it frompotential theft.

• The smart key will not work if any of fol-lowing occurs:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- The smart key near a mobile two-wayradio system or a cellular phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not work cor-rectly, open and close the door with themechanical key. If you have a problemwith the smart key, contact an author-ized Kia dealer.

• If the smart key is in close proximity toyour cell phone or smart phone, thesignal from the smart key could beblocked by normal operation of yourcell phone or smart phone. This isespecially important when the phone isactive such as making call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or send-ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing thesmart key and your cell phone or smartphone in the same pants or jacketpocket and maintain adequate dis-tance between the two devices.

This device complies with industryCanada standards RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful



✽✽ NOTICEChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment. Ifthe keyless entry system is inoperativedue to changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty.

CAUTION - TransmitterKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid as it canbecome damaged and not functionproperly.


64

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsLock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed. If all doors (and trunk) areclosed, the hazard warning lights willblink once to indicate that all doors (andtrunk) are locked.Also, if the lock button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds, the hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the chime willsound once to confirm that the door islocked.

However, if any door remains open, thehazard warning lights (and/or the chime)will not operate. But if all doors areclosed after the lock button is pressed,the hazard warning lights will blink once.

Unlock (2) The driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink (for smart key, thechime also sounds) twice to indicate thatthe driver's door is unlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed once more within 4 sec-onds. The hazard warning lights will blink(for smart key, the chime also sounds)twice again to indicate that all doors areunlocked. After pressing this button, thedoors will lock automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the keyless entry system is inoperativedue to exposure to water or liquids, itwill not be covered by your manufactur-er's vehicle warranty.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

OTF040002

4 7


Trunk open (3) (if equipped)The trunk is opened if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk will lock automatically.

Alarm (4)The horn sounds and the hazard warninglights blink for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 0.5 sec-onds. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter.

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 m [90 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized Kia dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the transmitter is in close proximity

to your cell phone or smart phone, thesignal from the transmitter could beblocked by normal operation of yourcell phone or smart phone. This isespecially important when the phoneis active such as making call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or send-ing/receiving emails. Avoid placingthe transmitter and your cell phone orsmart phone in the same pants orjacket pocket and maintain adequatedistance between the two devices.


84

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210 .Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful



✽✽ NOTICEChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment. Ifthe keyless entry system is inoperativedue to changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty.

Battery replacementA battery should last for several years,but if the transmitter or smart key is notworking properly, try replacing the bat-tery with a new one. If you are unsurehow to use or replace the battery, contactan authorized Kia dealer.1. Pry open the transmitter or smart key

center cover.2. Replace the battery with a new battery

(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

The transmitter or smart key is designedto give you years of trouble-free use,however it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. If you areunsure how to use or replace the battery,contact an authorized Kia dealer.Using the wrong battery can cause thetransmitter or smart key to malfunction.Be sure to use the correct battery.An inappropriately disposed battery canbe harmful to the environment andhuman health.Dispose the battery according to yourlocal law(s) or regulation.

CAUTION - Transmitterdamage

Do not drop, wet or expose the key-less entry system transmitter toheat or sunlight.

OSL040005

4 9


This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thevehicle. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

Armed stagePark the vehicle and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and engine hood are closed andlatched.

3. • Lock the doors by depressing thedoor lock button on the transmitter(or smart key).After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will blinkonce to indicate that the system isarmed.If any door, trunk or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warninglights won’t operate and theft-alarmwill not arm. After this, if all doors,trunk and engine hood are closed,the hazard warning lights blink once.

• Lock the doors by pressing the buttonof the front outside door handles withthe smart key in your possession.After completion of the steps above,the hazard warning lights will blinkonce to indicate that the system isarmed.If any door remains open, the hazardwarning lights won’t operate andtheft-alarm will not arm. Close thedoor and try again to lock the doors.If trunk or engine hood remains open,the hazard warning lights won’t oper-ate and theft-alarm will not arm.Close the trunk or engine hood. Thehazard warning lights blink once andtheft-alarm arms.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage


104

The theft-alarm system by the key can beactivated by an authorized Kia dealer.If you want this feature, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the vehicle, the alarm maybe activated when the remaining pas-senger(s) leaves the vehicle. If anydoor (or tailgate) or engine hood isopened within 30 seconds after thesystem enters the armed stage, thesystem will be disarmed to preventunnecessary alarm.

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using the transmitter (or smart key).• The trunk is opened without using the

transmitter (or smart key).• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 27 seconds. To turn off thesystem, unlock the doors with the trans-mitter (or smart key).

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when:

Smart key- The door unlock button is pressed.- The button of the front outside door is

pressed while carrying the smart key.- The engine is started. (within 3 sec-

onds)

After the doors are unlocked, the hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the system is disarmed.After pressing the unlock button, if anydoor (or trunk) is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.

4 11


• Avoid trying to start the engine whilethe alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into the igni-tion switch, turn the ignition switch tothe ON position and wait for 30 sec-onds. Then the system will be dis-armed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized Kia dealer.

• If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into the igni-tion switch and start the engine. Thenthe system will be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized Kia dealer.


124

DOOR LOCKS

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.

• If you lock/unlock the door with a key,all vehicle doors will lock/unlock auto-matically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the keytoward the rear of the vehicle once tounlock the driver’s door and once morewithin 4 seconds to unlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with smart key.

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure the doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

OYFH041005N

LockUnlock

4 13


Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not show.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in the lock position, the buttonwill unlock and the door will open. (ifequipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch (orif the smart key is in the vehicle) andany front door is opened. (if equipped)

If a power door lock ever fails to functionwhile you are in the vehicle, try one ormore of the following techniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic and manu-al) while simultaneously pulling on thedoor handle.

• Operate the other door locks and han-dles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use the keyto unlock the door from outside.

OTF040011

Lock

Unlock


144

With central door lock switch (if equipped)Operate by pressing the central door lockswitch.• Press the switch to the "Lock" position

(1), all vehicle doors will lock.• Press the switch to the "Unlock" posi-

tion (2), all vehicle doors will unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch (or ifthe smart key is in the vehicle) and anyfront door is opened, the doors will notlock when the “Lock” position (1) of thecentral door lock switch is pressed. (ifequipped)

WARNING- Unattended children/

animalsNever leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle.

WARNING - DoorsThe doors should always be fullyclosed and locked while the vehicleis in motion to prevent accidentalopening of the door.

OTF040012N

OTF040013

Driver's door

Passenger’s door

4 15


Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will automatically unlock whenan impact causes the air bags to deploy.

Auto door lock/unlock feature (if equipped)• All doors will automatically lock when

the transaxle shift lever is shifted out ofP (Park).

• All doors will automatically unlockwhen the transaxle shift lever is shiftedinto P (Park).

Speed sensing door lock system(if equipped)All doors will be automatically lockedafter the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.And all doors will be automaticallyunlocked when you turn the engine off orwhen you remove the ignition key. (ifequipped)

An authorized Kia dealer can activate ordeactivate some auto door lock/ unlockfeatures as follows;• Auto door unlock by using the driver's

door lock button• Auto door lock/unlock by shifting the

transaxle shift lever out of P (Park) orinto P (Park)

• Auto door unlock when the smart key isremoved from the smart key holder.

If you want to activate or deactivate adoor lock/unlock feature, refer to the"vehicle setting" in this chapter.

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock (1) located

on the rear edge of the door to thelock position. When the child safetylock is in the lock position, rear doorwill not open even when the inner doorhandle is pulled.

OTF040014


164

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (2).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle until the rear door childsafety lock is unlocked.

4 17


Opening the trunk• Press the trunk unlock button for more

than 1 second on the smart key.• Press the button on the trunk handle

with the smart key in your possession.Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk locks automatically.

• To open the trunk from inside the vehi-cle, pull the trunk lid release button.Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk locks automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, trunk lock andtrunk mechanisms may not work prop-erly due to freezing conditions.

TRUNK

OTF040016OTF040015

CAUTIONMake certain that you close thetrunk before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetrunk lift cylinders and attachedhardware if the trunk is not closedprior to driving.

WARNINGThe trunk swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the trunk.


184

Emergency trunk lid releasecable1.Remove the cover. Using a key or

screwdriver to pry up the cover maywill help in removing.

2.Pull up on the loop to open the trunk.3.After opening the trunk, securely close

the cover.

Closing the trunkTo close, lower the trunk lid, then pressdown on it until it locks. To be sure thetrunk lid is securely fastened, alwayscheck by trying to pull it up again.

OTF040017

CAUTION• While driving the vehicle, do not

use the emergancy trunk release.• If there is the problem with trunk,

have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized Kiadealer. WARNING

The trunk lid should be always keptcompletely closed while the vehicleis in motion. If it is left open or ajar,poisonous exhaust gases mayenter the car and serious illness ordeath may result.

4 19


Emergency trunk safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with an emer-gency trunk release lever located insidethe trunk. If someone is inadvertentlylocked in the trunk, moving the handle inthe direction of the arrow will release thetrunk latch mechanism and open thetrunk.

WARNING• No one should be allowed to

occupy the trunk at any time. Thetrunk is a very dangerous loca-tion in the event of a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use extreme cau-tion, especially while the vehicleis in motion.

OTF040018


204

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window down(7) Power window lock button

WINDOWS

OTF040019N

4 21


In cold and wet climates, power windowsmay not work properly due to freezingconditions.

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door’s window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of passengerwindows.The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30second period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped)in an open (or partially open) position,your vehicle may demonstrate a windbuffeting or pulsation noise. This noiseis a normal occurrence and can bereduced or eliminated by taking the fol-lowing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windows down,partially lower both front windowsapproximately one inch. If you experi-ence the noise with the sunroof open,slightly reduce the size of the sunroofopening.

Window opening and closingType AThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

OTF040020


224

Type B - Auto down window (if equipped) Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, momentarily pull up the switchto the opposite direction of the windowmovement.

Type C - Auto up/down window (if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power windowswitch momentarily to the second detentposition (6) completely lowers or lifts thewindow even when the switch is released.To stop the window at the desired positionwhile the window is in operation, pull upor press and release the switch to theopposite direction of the movement.If the power window is not operated cor-rectly, the automatic power window sys-tem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close the window and continue pulling

up on the driver’s power window switchfor at least 1 second after the window iscompletely closed.

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8in.) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

OUN026013OTF040021 OTF040022

4 23


The automatic reverse feature for the dri-ver’s window is only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fully pullingup the switch. The automatic reversefeature will not operate if the window israised using the halfway position on thepower window switch.

Power window lock button (if equipped)• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the passenger doorsby pressing the power window lockswitch, located on the driver’s door tothe LOCK position (pressed).

• When the power window lock buttonis in the LOCK position (pressed),the driver’s master control cannotoperate the passenger door powerwindows.

Always double check to make sure allarms, hands, head and other obstruc-tions are safely out of the way beforeclosing a window.

CAUTION - Opening / closing Window

To prevent possible damage to thepower window system, do not openor close two windows or more at thesame time. This will also ensure thelongevity of the fuse.

WARNING - Power windows

Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(pressed).

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OTF040023


244

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

Open the hood after turning off theengine on a flat surface, shifting the shiftlever to the P(Park) position for automat-ic transaxle and to the 1st(First) gear orR(Reverse) for manual transaxle, andsetting the parking brake.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will raise completelyby itself after it has been raised abouthalfway.

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft. (30cm) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

HOOD

OTF040024 OTF040025N

WARNING• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could fly openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood raised. The view will beblocked and the hood could fallor be damaged.

4 25


Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pushing up the fuelfiller lid opener.If the fuel filler lid does not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radia-tor anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the fuel

filler lid opener button.3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel

filler cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks” one time. This indicates thatthe cap is securely one time tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it inlightly and make sure that it is secure-ly closed.

FUEL FILLER LID

WARNING - RefuelingAlways remove the fuel cap careful-ly and slowly. If the cap is ventingfuel or if you hear a hissing sound,wait until the condition stopsbefore completely removing thecap.If pressurized fuel sprays out, it cancover your clothes or skin and sub-ject you to the risk of fire andburns.

OTF040026 OTF040027


264

Always check that the fuel cap is installedsecurely to prevent fuel spillage in theevent of an accident.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using an approved portable fuelcontainer, be sure to place the containeron the ground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from the containercan ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.Once refueling has begun, contact withthe vehicle should be maintained untilthe filling is complete. Use onlyapproved portable plastic fuel contain-ers designed to carry and store gasoline.

WARNING - Fire/explosionrisk

Read and follow all warnings post-ed at the gas station facility. Failureto follow all warnings will result insevere personal injury, severeburns or death due to fire or explo-sion.

WARNING - Cell phonefires

Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cellu-lar phones can potentially ignitefuel vapors causing a fire.

WARNING - Static electricity

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

• Do not get back into a vehicleonce you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

4 27


Make sure to refuel your vehicle accord-ing to the "Fuel requirements" suggestedin section 1.If the fuel filler cap requires replacement,use only a genuine Kia cap or the equiv-alent specified for your vehicle. An incor-rect fuel filler cap can result in a seriousmalfunction of the fuel system or emis-sion control system.

CAUTION - Exterior paintDo not spill fuel on the exterior sur-faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuelspilled on painted surfaces maydamage the paint.

WARNING - Refueling&Vehicle fires

When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door are secure-ly closed, before starting theengine.

WARNING - SmokingDO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while at agas station especially during refu-eling. Automotive fuel is highlyflammable and can, when ignited,result in fire.


284

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console.The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

In cold and wet climates, the sunroof maynot work properly due to freezing condi-tions.After the vehicle is washed or in a rain-storm, be sure to wipe off any water thatis on the sunroof before operating it.

The sunroof cannot slide when it is in thetilt position nor can it be tilted while in anopen or slide position.

Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is closedIf you pull the sunroof control lever back-ward to the second detent position, thesunshade will slide all the way open thenthe sunroof glass will slide all the wayopen. To stop the sunroof movement atany point, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

When the sunshade is openedIf you pull the sunroof control lever back-ward, the sunroof glass will slide all theway open. To stop the sunroof movementat any point, pull or push the sunroof con-trol lever momentarily.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION - Sunroof controllever

Do not continue to press the sun-roof control lever after the sunroofis fully opened, closed, or tilted.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

OVG049031 OVG049032

4 29


Closing the sunroofTo close the sunroof glass onlyPush the sunroof control lever forward tothe first detent position or pull the leverdownward.

To close the sunroof glass with thesunshade Push the sunroof control lever forward tothe second detent position. The sunroofglass will close then the sunshade closeautomatically.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof glass or sunshade isclosing automatically, it will reverse thedirection, and then stop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass or sunshade and the sunroof sash.You should always check that all passen-gers and objects are away from the sun-roof before closing it.

OYF049215

WARNING - Sunroof• Do not extend the face, neck,

arms or body outside through thesunroof opening while driving oroperating the sunroof.

• Make sure your hands and faceare safely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.


304

Tilting the sunroof When the sunshade is closedIf you push the sunroof control leverupward, the sunshade will slide all theway open then the sunroof glass will tilt.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

When the sunshade is openedIf you push the sunroof control leverupward, the sunroof glass will tilt.To stop the sunroof movement at anypoint, pull or push the sunroof controllever momentarily.

Sunshade• To open the sunshade, pull the sunroof

control lever backward to the firstdetent position.

• To close the sunshade when the sun-roof glass is closed, push the sunroofcontrol lever forward.

To stop the sliding at any point, pull orpush the sunroof control lever momentar-ily.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is normal for wrinkles to form on theblind because of its material character-istic.

CAUTION - Sunroof motordamage

If you try to open the sunroof whenthe temperature is below freezing orwhen the sunroof is covered withsnow or ice, the glass or the motorcould be damaged.

OTF040034 OYF049214

4 31


Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or related fuse isblown, you must reset your sunroof sys-tem as follows:

1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion and close the sunroof completely.

2.Release the control lever.3.Push and hold the control lever forward

(for more than 10 seconds) until thesunroof tilts and slightly moves. Then,release the lever.

4.Push the sunroof control lever forwardin the direction of close until the sun-roof operates as follows;

SUNSHADE OPEN → TILT OPEN →SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE →SUNSHADE CLOSE

Then, release the control lever.

When this is complete, the sunroofsystem is reset.

❈ For more detailed information, contactan authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the sunroof is not reset when the vehi-cle battery is disconnected or dis-charged, or related fuse is blown, thesunroof may operate improperly.


324

A driver position memory system is pro-vided to store and recall the driver seatposition with a simple button operation.By saving the desired position into thesystem memory, different drivers canreposition the driver seat based upontheir driving preference. If the battery isdisconnected, the position memory willbe lost and the driving position should berestored in the system.

Storing positions into memoryusing the buttons on the doorStoring driver’s seat positions1. Shift the shift lever into P while the

ignition switch is ON.2. Adjust the driver seat to position com-

fortable for the driver.3. Press SET button on the control panel.

The system will beep once.4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or

2) within 5 seconds after pressing theSET button. The system will beeptwice when memory has been suc-cessfully stored.

DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OTF040035

WARNING Never attempt to operate the driverposition memory system while thevehicle is moving.This could result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property damage.

4 33


Recalling positions from memory1. Shift the shift lever into P while the

ignition switch is ON.2. To recall the position in memory, press

the desired memory button (1 or 2).The system will beep once, then thedriver seat will automatically adjust tothe stored positions.

Adjusting the control switch for the driverseat while the system is recalling thestored position will cause the movementto stop and move in the direction that thecontrol switch is moved.

Easy access function (if equipped)With the shift lever in the P position, thesystem will move the driver's seat auto-matically as follows.- It will move the driver’s seat rearward

when the engine start/stop button isturned to the OFF position or the smartkey is removed from the smart key hold-er.

- It will move the driver’s seat forwardwhen the engine start/stop button isturned to the ACC or START position orthe smart key is inserted into the smartkey holder.WARNING

Use caution when recalling adjust-ment memory while sitting in thevehicle. Push the seat position con-trol knob to the desired positionimmediately if the seat moves toofar in any direction.


344

Electric power steeringPower steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by the power steering control unitwhich senses the steering wheel torqueand vehicle speed to command themotor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for better control of the steer-ing wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The steering effort is high immediate-

ly after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• The steering effort increases if thesteering wheel is rotated continuouslywhen the vehicle is not in motion.However, after a few minutes, it willreturn to its normal conditions.

• When you operate the steering wheelin low temperature, abnormal noisecould occur. If temperature rises, thenoise will disappear. This is a normalcondition.

If the Electric Power Steering Systemdoes not operate normally, the warninglight will illuminate on the instrumentcluster. The steering wheel may becomedifficult to control or operate abnormally.Take your vehicle to an authorized Kiadealer and have the vehicle checked assoon as possible.

STEERING WHEEL

4 35


Tilt and telescoping (if equipped)steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (if equipped) (3), then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel. Check thehorn regularly to be sure it operatesproperly.To sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The horn willoperate only when this area is pressed.

WARNING - Steering wheeladjustment

Never adjust the angle and heightof the steering wheel while driving.You may lose steering control

OTF040037 OTF040039


364

Heated steering wheel (if equipped)With the ENGINE START/STOP button inthe ON position, pressing the heatedsteering wheel button warms the steeringwheel. The indicator on the button willilluminate.To turn the steering wheel off, press thebutton once again. The indicator on thebutton will turn off.It will turn off automatically approximate-ly 30 minutes after the heated steeringwheel is turned on.If you turn on the ignition again after turnoff your engine in half an hour (afteroperating heater button), the heating sys-tem will be maintained in its 'on' condi-tion.

CAUTION• Do not install any grip to operate

the steering wheel. This causesdamage to the heated steeringwheel system.

• When cleaning the heated steer-ing wheel, do not use an organicsolvent such as paint thinner,benzene, alcohol and gasoline.Doing so may damage the sur-face of the steering wheel.

• If the surface of steering wheel isdamaged by sharp object, dam-age to the heated steering wheelcomponents could occur.

OTF040038

4 37


Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear window isseen. Make this adjustment before youstart driving.Do not place objects in the rear seatwhich would interfere with your visionthrough the rear window.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce the glare from the headlights ofthe vehicles behind you during night driv-ing.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) withHomeLink® system and compass (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with aGentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with aZ-Nav™ Electronic Compass Displayand an Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System. During nighttime driving,this feature will automatically detect andreduce rearview mirror glare while thecompass indicates the direction the vehi-cle is pointed. The HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver allows you to activate yourgarage door(s), electric gate, home light-ing, etc.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Mirror adjustment

Do not adjust the rearview mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control.

OTF040040

Day

Night


384

(1) Channel 1 button(2) Channel 2 button(3) Status indicator LED(4) Channel 3 button(5) Rear light sensor(6) Dimming ON/OFF button(7) Compass control button(8) Compass display

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Safety®

(NVS®) MirrorThe NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is themost advanced way to reduce annoyingglare in the rearview mirror during anydriving situation. For more informationregarding NVS® mirrors and other appli-cations, please refer to the Gentex web-site:www.gentex.com

Automatic-dimming functionYour mirror will automatically dim upondetecting glare from the vehicles travel-ing behind you. The auto-dimming func-tion can be controlled by the DimmingON/OFF Button:

1. Pressing the button turns the auto-dimming function OFF which is indicat-ed by the green Status Indicator LEDturning off.

2. Pressing the button again turns theauto-dimming function ON which isindicated by the green Status IndicatorLED turning on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe mirror defaults to the ON positioneach time the vehicle is started.

CAUTIONThe NVS® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare during driving condi-tions based upon light levels moni-tored in front of the vehicle andfrom the rear of the vehicle. Theselight sensors are visible throughopenings in the front and rear of themirror case. Any object thatobstructs either light sensor willdegrade the automatic dimmingcontrol feature.

OYF049230C

4 39


Z-Nav™ Compass DisplayThe NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is alsoequipped with a Z-Nav™ Compass thatshows the vehicle Compass heading inthe Display Window using the 8 basiccardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

Compass functionThe Compass can be turned ON andOFF and will remember the last statewhen the ignition is cycled. To turn thedisplay feature ON/OFF:1. Press and release the button to

turn the display feature OFF.2. Press and release the button again

to turn the display back ON.Additional options can be set with pressand hold sequences of the button andare detailed below.

There is a difference between magneticnorth and true north. The compass in themirror can compensate for this differencewhen it knows the Magnetic Zone inwhich it is operating. This is set either bythe dealer or by the user. The operatingZone Numbers for North America areshown in the figure on the following sec-tion. B520C05NF


404

To adjust the Zone setting:1. Determine the desired Zone Number

based upon your current location onthe Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the button for morethan 3 but less than 6 seconds, thecurrent Zone Number will appear onthe display.

3. Pressing and holding the buttonagain will cause the numbers to incre-ment (Note: they will repeat …13, 14,15, 1, 2, …). Releasing the buttonwhen the desired Zone Numberappears on the display will set the newZone.

4. Within about 5 seconds the compasswill start displaying a compass head-ing again.

There are some conditions that cancause changes to the vehicle magnets,such as installing a ski rack or a CBantenna. Body repair work on the vehiclecan also cause changes to the vehicle'smagnetic field. In these situations, thecompass will need to be re-calibrated toquickly correct for these changes. To re-calibrate the compass:

1. Press and hold the button for morethan 6 seconds. When the compassmemory is cleared a "C" will appear inthe display.

2. To calibrate the compass, drive thevehicle in 2 complete circles at lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

Integrated HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystemThe HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem provides a convenient way toreplace up to three hand-held radio-fre-quency (RF) transmitters with a singlebuilt-in device. This innovative feature willlearn the radio frequency codes of mostcurrent transmitters to operate devicessuch as gate operators, garage dooropeners, entry door locks, security sys-tems, even home lighting. Both standardand rolling code-equipped transmitterscan be programmed by following the out-lined procedures. Additional HomeLink®

information can be found at: www.home-link.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Retain the original transmitter of the RFdevice you are programming for use inother vehicles as well as for futureHomeLink® programming. It is also sug-gested that upon the sale of the vehicle,the programmed HomeLink® buttons beerased for security purposes.

CAUTIONBefore programming HomeLink® toa garage door opener or gate oper-ator, make sure that people andobjects are out of the way of thedevice to prevent potential harm ordamage. Do not use HomeLink®

with any garage door opener thatlacks the safety stop and reversefeatures required by U.S. federalsafety standards (this includes anygarage door opener model manu-factured before April 1, 1982). Agarage door that cannot detect anobject - signaling the door to stopand reverse - does not meet currentU.S. federal safety standards. Usinga garage door opener without thesefeatures increases the risk of seri-ous injury or death.

4 41


Programming HomeLink®

✽✽ NOTICE• When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park the vehi-cle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmit-ter of the device being programmed toHomeLink® for quicker training andaccurate transaxle of the radio-fre-quency signal.

• Some vehicles may require the igni-tion switch to be turned to the second(or "accessories") position for pro-gramming and/or operation ofHomeLink.

• In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties or questionsafter following the programming stepslisted below, contact HomeLink® at:www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

Standard programmingTo train most devices, follow theseinstructions:1. For first-time programming, press and

hold the two outside buttons,HomeLink® Channel 1 and Channel 3Buttons, until the indicator light beginsto flash (after 20 seconds). Releaseboth buttons. Do not hold the buttonsfor longer than 30 seconds.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 2-8 cm (1-3 inches) awayfrom the HomeLink® buttons whilekeeping the indicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold boththe HomeLink® and hand-held trans-mitter button. DO NOT release the but-tons until step 4 has been completed.

4. While continuing to hold the buttonsthe red Indicator Status LED will flashslowly and then rapidly afterHomeLink® successfully trains to thefrequency signal from the hand-heldtransmitter. Release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your device shouldactivate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

6. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2through 5.

Rolling code programmingRolling code devices which are "code-protected" and manufactured after 1996may be determined by the following:• Reference the device owner's manual

for verification.• The handheld transmitter appears to

program the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver but does not activate thedevice.

• Press and hold the trained HomeLinkbutton. The device has the rolling codefeature if the indicator light flashes rap-idly and then turns solid after 2 sec-onds.


424

To train rolling code devices, follow theseinstructions:1. At the garage door opener receiver

(motor-head unit) in the garage, locatethe "learn" or "smart" button. This canusually be found where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit. Exact location and color ofthe button may vary by garage dooropener brand.If there is difficulty locating the trainingbutton, reference the device owner'smanual or please visit our Web site atwww.homelink.com.

2. Firmly press and release the "learn" or"smart" button (which activates the"training light").

✽✽ NOTICEThere are 30 seconds in which to initiatestep3.

3. Return to the vehicle, firmly press andhold for two seconds the desiredHomeLink® button then release.Repeat the "press/hold/release"sequence a second time to completethe programming. (Some devices mayrequire you to repeat this sequence athird time to complete the program-ming.)

4. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your device shouldactivate.

5. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow either steps1 through 4 above for other RollingCode devices or steps 2 through 5 inStandard Programming for standarddevices.

Gate operator & Canadian program-mingDuring programming, your handheldtransmitter may automatically stop trans-mitting. Continue to press the IntegratedHomeLink® Wireless Control System but-ton (note steps 2 through 4 in theStandard Programming portion of thisdocument) while you press and re-press("cycle") your handheld transmitter everytwo seconds until the frequency signalhas been learned. The indicator light willflash slowly and then rapidly after sever-al seconds upon successful training.

Operating HomeLink®

To operate, simply press and release theprogrammed HomeLink® button.Activation will now occur for the traineddevice (i.e. garage door opener, gateoperator, security system, entry doorlock, home/office lighting, etc.). For con-venience, the hand-held transmitter ofthe device may also be used at any time.

4 43


Reprogramming a single HomeLink®

buttonTo program a new device to a previouslytrained HomeLink® button, follow thesesteps:1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do NOT release until step 4has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehandheld transmitter 1 to 3 inchesaway from the HomeLink® surface.

3. Press and hold the handheld transmit-ter button. The HomeLink® indicatorlight will flash, first slowly and then rap-idly.

4. When the indicator light begins to flashrapidly, release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your new deviceshould activate.

Erasing HomeLink® buttonsIndividual buttons cannot be erased.However, to erase all three programmedbuttons:1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash-after 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons. Do not hold forlonger than 30 seconds.

The Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System is now in the training(learn) mode and can be programmed atany time following the appropriate stepsin the Programming sections above.

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. this device may not cause harmful



NVS® is a registered trademark and Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the GentexCorporation, Zeeland, Michigan.HomeLink® is a registered trademarkowned by Johnson Controls,Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

WARNINGThe transceiver has been testedand complies with FCC andIndustry Canada rules. Changes ormodifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void theuser's authority to operate thedevice.


444

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch (ifequipped). The mirror heads can be fold-ed to prevent damage during an auto-matic car wash or when passing througha narrow street.

The right outside rearview mirror is con-vex. Objects seen in the mirror are closerthan they appear.Use your interior rearview mirror or directobservation to determine the actual dis-tance of following vehicles when chang-ing lanes.

Remote controlElectric typeThe electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror theignition switch should be in the ACC orON position.Move the lever (1) to R or L to select theright side mirror or the left side mirror,then press a corresponding point on themirror adjustment control to position theselected mirror up, down, left or right.After the adjustment, put the lever intoneutral (center) position to prevent inad-vertent adjustment.

CAUTION - Rearview mirror

Do not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

WARNING - Mirror adjustment

Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control.

OTF040044N

4 45


Folding the outside rearview mirrorElectric Type (if equipped)To fold the outside rearview mirror,depress the button.To unfold it, depress the button again.

CAUTION - Electric typeoutside rearview mirror

The electric type outside rearviewmirror operates even though theignition switch is in the OFF posi-tion. However, to prevent unneces-sary battery discharge, do notadjust the mirrors longer than nec-essary while the engine is not run-ning.In case it is an electric type outsiderearview mirror, don’t fold it byhand. It could cause motor failure.

OTF040046

CAUTION - Outside mirror• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch ispressed. Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the relatedparts.


464

Manual typeTo fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

OTF040045

4 47


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. ECO guide

2. Fuel gauge

3. Speedometer

4. Turn signal indicators

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Odometer/Trip computer

7. READY

8. EV MODE

OTFH042051C

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" inthe next pages.


484

Instrument panel illuminationThe instrument panel illumination intensi-ty can be adjusted by pressing the con-trol switch with the headlight switch inany position when the engine start/stopbutton is in the ON position.The illumination intensity is shown on theinstrument cluster LCD display.

GaugesOdometer (km or mi.)The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.The odometer is always displayed untilthe display is turned off.

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in kilome-ters per hour and/or kilometers per hour.

OTF040052

OTFH040098N

OTFH042054COTFH042060

4 49


Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given insection 8. The fuel gauge is supplement-ed by a low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank is nearlyempty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the catalytic converter.

OTFH042058COTFH040055N


504

Engine coolant temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the enginestart/stop button is ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

State of charge (SOC)The state of charge (SOC) gauge indi-cates the hybrid battery's charge level. Ifthe SOC is near L level, the vehicle auto-matically operates the engine to chargethe battery. However, if the service indi-cator and MIL(Malfunction indicatorlamp) turn on when the State ofCharge(SOC) is near L(Low), the vehicleshould be towed. Refer to the chapter 6.

OTFH040057N

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

OTFH040225N

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

WARNINGNever try to start the vehicle if thefuel tank is empty. The engine isimpossible to charge the high volt-age battery of hybrid system. If youtry to start the vehicle when the fuelis empty, the high voltage batterywill become discharged and bedamaged.

4 51


ECO GUIDE gaugeThis is a gauge to let drivers knowwhether the current driving condition iseconomical or not. The fuel efficiency ishigh in the green zone but is low in thered zone.- Green zone : Good driving condition- White zone : Normal driving condition- Red zone : Bad driving condition

Active ECOYour vehicle is equipped with a highlyefficient power train based on Kia’sActive ECO technology. Active ECOmode is for normal, everyday driving forsmooth efficient operation. Each time youstart the vehicle, Active ECO is activatedautomatically. If needed, the driver cantemporarily switch Active ECO ON/OFFusing the steering wheel mounted but-ton.• Active ECO OFF is intended for brief

periods of unusual driving, such assteep roads or heavy loads.

• Active ECO ON is meant for normalvehicle driving and provides maximumfuel efficiency.

Switch back to Active ECO ON as soonas possible for maximum fuel efficiencyand to restore the Active ECO center dis-play. Your vehicle will automaticallyresume Active ECO each time it isrestarted.

OTFH040069NOTFH040226N


524

READY indicator

This light illuminates if it is possible todrive your vehicle when the enginestart/stop button is turned to the STARTposition. If the vehicle fail to start, thislight doesn’t come on. Also, if this light isblinking while driving, it indicates a faultto enter into a limited operating mode. Ifthis light goes off while driving, it indi-cates a fault that will cause the vehicle toshut down. If these occur, have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

Trip computerThe trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving onthe display when the engine start/stopbutton is in the ON position. All storeddriving information is reset if the batteryis disconnected.

Energy Flow

ECO Level

Average speed

Elapsed time

TRIP A

TRIP B

Outside Temperature

Distance to Service*

Total ECO Score

Instant/Average fuel comsumptiom

Distance to Empty

* if equipped

OTF040059OTFH040227N

4 53


Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers ofenergy flow in various operating modes.Twelve Modes show drivers the currentoperating condition.

Vehicle Stop

The mode means the vehicle stop.(No energy flow)

EV Propulsion

Motor power is used to move the vehicle.(Battery ➞ Wheel)

Power Assist

Motor and Engine power are used tomove the vehicle.(Battery & Energy ➞ Wheel)

Engine Only Propulsion

Engine power is used to move the vehi-cle.(Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation

Vehicle is stopped with the Engine charg-ing the hybrid battery.(Engine ➞ Battery)

OPTIMA HYBRID ENERGY FLOW

OTFH040214N OTFH040217N


OTFH040221N


544

Regeneration

Hybrid battery is being charged by regen-erative braking.(Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake

The vehicle is being slowed by enginecompression.(Wheel ➞ Engine)

Power Reserve

Engine is both driving the vehicle andcharging the hybrid battery.(Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery)

Engine Generation/Motor Drive

The vehicle is being slowed by enginecompression and regenerative braking.The hybrid battery is being charged byregenerative braking.(Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation/Regeneration

The engine and regenerative brake sys-tem charges the hybrid battery.(Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake/Regeneration

The engine friction is used to vehiclebrake system and the regenerative brakecharges the hybrid battery.(Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)


OTFH040222NOTFH040216NOTFH040220N

OTFH040224N

4 55


ECO Level display

When the vehicle is started, the ECOLevel display will indicate level number 4.If you drive economically, the ECO Levelwill increase. However, if you do not driveeconomically, the ECO Level willdecrease.

Total ECO Score display

If your ECO Level reaches its maximum,your Total ECO Score automatically risesby 1 point. Total ECO Score points aresaved and accumulate over time.The image displayed on Total ECO Scorewill change continuously, adding leavesand flowers to a branch.

Instant fuel consumption (l/100 km or MPG)This mode calculates the instantaneousfuel consumption every 2 seconds,based on driving distance and amount offuel injected into the engine.

OTFH042300 OTFH042301C

OTFH042065C


564

Average fuel consumption (if equipped)(l/100 km or MPG)This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 50 m (0.03 miles).Pressing the RESET button for more than1 second, when the average fuel con-sumption is being displayed, clears theaverage fuel consumption to zero (---).If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km/h afterrefueled more than 6 l, the average fuelconsumption will be cleared to zero (---).

Distance to empty (mi. or km)This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 50 km (30miles), “---” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 50 to990 km (30 to 990 miles).

Average speed (MPH or km/h)This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average speedis being displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

OTFH042064C OTFH042062C OTFH042066C

4 57


Elapsed timeThis mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed continues to be calculat-ed while the engine is running.The meter’s working range is from0:00~99:59.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the driving time isbeing displayed, clears the driving time tozero (0:00).

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption (if equipped)and distance to empty values mayvary significantly based on drivingconditions, driving habits, and condi-tion of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

Tripmeter (mi. or km)TRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to9999.9 km (0.0 to 9999.9 miles).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the tripmeter (TRIPA or TRIP B) is being displayed, clearsthe tripmeter to zero (0.0).

OTFH042067C OTFH042061C


584

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°C (1°F) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°C ~ 60°C(-40°F ~ 140°F).• The outside temperature display may

not change immediately like a typicalthermometer.

Distance to Service

To enter the "Distance to Service" mode,press the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond.

Engine Oil(Tire Rotation) ServiceRequired1. If service is required, the message will

be displayed.

OTFH042068C

OTFH042071C

OTFH040071N

OTFH040072N

4 59


2. If you would like to reset or inactivatethe maintenance system press theRESET button for more than 1 second.The display will change to "Engine OilService Message" mode.You can move to items by pressing theTRIP button and select the desireditem by pressing the RESET button. Maintenance

1. When the vehicle is at a standstill,pressing the TRIP button for more than2 seconds with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position orengine running, the LCD display onthe cluster will change to the "UserSetting" mode.You can move to the items by pressingthe TRIP button and select the item bypressing the RESET button.

2. In the "User Setting" mode select"Maintenance".

3. Select the desired maintenanceschedule.

4. If finished, you can come out of theMaintenance mode by pressing theTRIP button for more than 2 seconds.

OTFH040073N

OTFH040074N

OTFH040075N


604

Vehicle option (if equipped)1. When the vehicle is at a standstill,

pressing the TRIP button for more than2 seconds with the ENGINESTART/STOP button in the ON posi-tion or engine running, the LCD dis-play on the cluster will change to the"User Setting" mode.You can move to items by pressing theTRIP button and select the item bypressing the RESET button.

2. In the "User Setting" mode, select"Vehicle Option".

3. Move (TRIP button) to the desired itemand select (RESET button).

Auto Door LockOff - The auto door lock operation will be

canceled.Speed - All doors will be automatically

locked when the vehicle speedexceeds 15 km/h (9.3 mph).

Shift Lever - All doors will be automati-cally locked if the shift leveris shifted from the P(Park)position to the R(Reverse),N(Neutral) or D(Drive) posi-tion.

Auto Door UnlockOff - The auto door unlock operation will

be inactivated.Key Out - All doors will be automatically

unlocked when smart key isremoved from the smart keyholder.

Shift Lever - All doors will be automati-cally unlocked if the shiftlever is shifted to the P(Park) position.

Twice UnlockOn - The driver’s door will unlock if the

door is unlocked. When the door isunlocked again within 4 seconds, alldoors will unlock.

Off - The two turn unlock function will beinactivated. Therefore, all doors willunlock if the door is unlocked.

❈ Except the central door lock switch.

Horn feedbackOn - The hazard warning light will blink

and the horn will sound when thedoor is locked or unlocked with thetransmitter or smart key.

Off - The hazard warning light will blinkbut the horn will not sound when thedoor is locked or unlocked with thetransmitter or smart key.

Seat Easy Access (only for DriverPosition Memory System equippedvehicle)On - The driver's seat will automatically

move forward or rearward for thedriver to enter or exit the vehiclecomfortably.

Off - The Seat Easy Access function willbe inactivated.

4 61


Headlamp EscortOn - The Headlamp Escort and Escort

Welcome function will be activated.Off - The Headlamp Escort and Escort

Welcome function will be inactivat-ed.

Welcome Light (if equipped)On - The Welcome Light function will be

activated.Off - The Welcome Light function will be

inactivated.

Steering PositionOn - Steering Position display function

will be activated.Off - Steering Position display function

will be inactivated.

Auto Triple Turn (One-touch tripleturn signal)On - The lane change signals will blink 3

times when the turn signal lever ismoved slightly.

Off - The Auto Triple Turn function will beinactivated.

AVG fuel economyAuto Reset - The average fuel economy

will reset automaticallywhen you drive after refuel-ing.

Manual Reset - The average fuel econo-my will not reset auto-matically when you driveafter refueling.

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorized Kiadealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.


624

EV mode

This light illuminates if the vehicle only ismoved by the electric motor.

Service indicator

This indicator comes on when any mal-function occurs in the hybrid system. Ifthis occurs, have your vehicle checked byan authorized Kia dealer.

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the engine start/stop button to theON position.This light also comes on when theSupplement Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the air bag warn-ing light does not come on, or continu-ously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theengine start/stop button to the ON posi-tion or started the engine, or if it comeson while driving, have the SRS inspectedby an authorized Kia dealer.

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light

This warning light illuminates if theengine start/stop button is turned ONand goes off in approximately 3 secondsif the system is operating normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the engine start/stop but-ton is turned to the ON position, this indi-cates that the ABS may have malfunc-tioned.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized Kia dealer as soon aspossible. The normal braking system willstill be operational, but without the assis-tance of the anti-lock brake system.

4 63


Electronic brakeforce distribution(EBD) systemwarning lightIf these two warning lights illuminate atthe same time while driving, your vehi-cle’s ABS and EBD system may havemalfunctioned.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. In this case, have yourvehicle checked by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the enginestart/stop button ON, regardless of beltfastening.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the engine start/stop button isturned on, the seat belt warning light andthe seat belt warning chime will operatefor approximately 6 seconds. But if it isrefastened within the 6 seconds, thewarning light will blink till the 6 secondsand the warning chime will turn off imme-diately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the engine start/stop button isturned to the ON position, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds. But if it is fastened within the6 seconds the warning light will turn offimmediately. If the driver's seat belt is notfastened when the vehicle speedexceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), the seat beltwarning light and chime will operateapproximately 11 times with a pattern of6 seconds on and 24 seconds off untilthe belt is fastened or the vehicle speeddecreases below 5 km/h (3 mph).

WARNINGIf both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally during sudden braking.Have your vehicle checked by anauthorized Kia dealer as soon aspossible.


644

Turn signal indicator

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig-nal system.You should consult your deal-er for repairs.This indicator also blinks when the haz-ard warning switch is turned on.

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized Kia dealer.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

4 65


Brake system & Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light

The brake warning light will illuminatewhen the Regenerative Brake System isnot operating properly.Have the system checked by an author-ized Kia dealer as soon as possible.When the brake function is not well or theregenerative brake system is not operat-ed with brake system malfunction, thebrake warning light turned on and 'checkbrake' is displayed on the LCD. Have thesystem checked by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

Parking brake warning This light illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with engine start/stopbutton in the START or ON position. Thewarning light should go off when theparking brake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized Kia dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with a dual-diagonal braking system.This means youstill have braking on two wheels even ifone of the brake circuits is damaged ormalfunctions. With only one of the circuitsworking, more than normal pedal traveland greater pedal pressure are requiredto stop the car. Also, the car will not stopin as short a distance with only a portionof the brake system working. If thebrakes fail while you are driving, shift to alower gear for additional engine brakingand stop the car as soon as it is safe todo so.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe engine start/stop button isturned on, then go out when theengine is started. If the oil pressurewarning light stays on while theengine is running, there is a seriousmalfunction.If this happens, stop the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized Kia dealer before the caris driven again.


664

To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the enginestart/stop button is in the ON position.

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator comes on when the frontfog lights are ON.

Shift pattern indicator

The indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift position is selected.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine coolant temperature warn-ing light illuminates, it indicates over-heating that may damage the engine.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING When the brake function is not welland the regenerative brake systemis not operated with brake systemmalfunction, the brake warninglight turned on with 'check brake' isdisplayed on the LCD and warningchime will sound. In this conditionyou can stop your vehicle by apply-ing greater force to the brake pedalthan normal and the stopping dis-tance will be longer. Have the sys-tem checked by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible.

4 67


Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light illuminates while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedKia dealer correct the problem as soonas possible.

Trunk lid open warninglight

This warning light illuminates when thetrunk lid is not closed securely with theengine start/stop button in any position.

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with theengine start/stop button in any position.

Tail light indicator

This indicator illuminates when the taillights are on.

Immobilizer indicator

With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immobi-lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or thelight goes off.• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if

the engine start/stop button is turned tothe ON position, the indicator will illumi-nate until the engine is started. However,when the smart key is not in the vehicle,if the engine start/stop button isdepressed, the indicator will blink for afew minutes to indicate that you will notbe able to start the hybrid system.

• When the engine start/stop button isturned to the ON position and the indica-tor turns off after 2 seconds, the systemmay need repair. Have the vehiclechecked by an authorized Kia dealer.

• When the battery is weak, if the enginestart/stop button is depressed, the indica-tor will blink and you will not be able tostart the hybrid system. However, youmay still be able to start the hybrid systemby inserting the smart key in the smartkey holder. If smart key system relatedparts need repair, the indicator blinks.


684

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis indicator illuminates while driving, itindicates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This indicator will also illuminates whenthe engine start/stop button is turned tothe ON position, and will go off in a fewseconds after the engine is started. If itilluminates while driving, or does not illu-minate when the engine start/stop buttonis turned to the ON position, take yourvehicle to the nearest authorized Kiadealer and have the system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized Kia dealer promptly.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage. This could result in lossof engine power. Have the EngineControl System inspected as soonas possible by an authorized Kiadealer.

4 69


ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control) / ESCmalfunction indicator

The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe engine start/stop button is turnedON, but should go off after approximate-ly 3 seconds. When the ESC is on, itmonitors the driving conditions. Undernormal driving conditions, the ESC indi-cator will remain off. When a slippery orlow traction condition is encountered, theESC will operate, and the ESC indicatorwill blink to indicate the ESC is operating.

ESC OFF indicator

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the engine start/stop button isturned ON, but should go off afterapproximately 3 seconds. To switch toESC OFF mode, press the ESC OFFbutton. The ESC OFF indicator will illumi-nate indicating the ESC is deactivated.If this indicator stays on when ESC OFFis not selected, the ESC may have mal-functioned. Take your vehicle to anauthorized Kia dealer and have the sys-tem checked.

Low tire pressure telltale

The low tire pressure telltale comes onfor 3 seconds after the smart key isturned to the "ON" position.If the warning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after coming onfor about 3 seconds when you turned thesmart key to the "ON" position, the TirePressure Monitoring System is not work-ing properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an Kia authorizeddealer as soon as possible.This warning light will also illuminate ifone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible. Ifthe warning light illuminates while driv-ing, reduce vehicle speed immediatelyand stop the vehicle.Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting atthe steering wheel. Inflate the tires to theproper pressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s tire information placard.


704

Cruise indicator (if equipped)CRUISE indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol system is enabled.The cruise indicator in the instrumentcluster is illuminated when the cruisecontrol ON/OFF button on the steeringwheel is pushed.The indicator goes off when the cruisecontrol ON/OFF button is pushed again.For more Information, refer to “Cruisecontrol system” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisefunction switch (SET- or RES+) is ON.The cruise SET indicator in the instru-ment cluster illuminates when the cruisecontrol switch (SET- or RES+) is pushed.The cruise SET indicator does not illumi-nate when the cruise control switch(CANCEL) is pushed or the system isdisengaged.

Key reminder warning chime If the driver’s door is opened while thesmart key is in the vehicle with theengine start/stop button in ACC or thesmart key is in the smart key holder withthe engine start/stop button in OFF, thekey reminder warning chime will sound.The chime sounds until the smart key isremoved from the smart key holder or thedriver’s door is closed.

WARNING Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on tires with lowpressure will cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CRUISESET

4 71


Electronic power steering(EPS) system warning light(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates after theengine start/stop button is turned to theON position and then it will go off whenthe engine starts.This light also comes on when the EPShas malfunctioned. If it comes on whiledriving, have your vehicle inspected byan authorized Kia dealer.

LCD display warning (if equipped)Key is not in vehicle If the smart key is not in the vehicle andif any door is opened or closed with theENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC,ON, or START position, the warning illu-minates on the LCD display. Also, thechime sounds for 5 seconds when thesmart key is not in the vehicle and thedoor is closed.Always have the smart key with you.

Key is not detected If the smart key is not in the vehicle or isnot detected and you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button, the warning illumi-nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds.Also, the immobilizer indicator and thekey holder light blinks for 10 seconds.

EPS



724

Low key battery If the ENGINE START/STOP button ispressed to the OFF position when thesmart key in the vehicle discharges, thewarning illuminates on the LCD displayfor about 10 seconds.Replace the battery with a new one.

Press brake pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START/STOP button ispressed to the ACC position twice bypressing the button repeatedly withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the warningilluminates on the LCD display for about10 seconds to indicate that you shoulddepress the brake pedal to start theengine.

Shift to "P" position If you try to turn off the engine without theshift lever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will changeto the ACC position. If the button ispressed once more it will change to theON position. The warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 seconds toindicate that you should press the ENGINESTART/ STOP button with the shift leverin the P (Park) position to turn off theengine.

OTFH040083N OTFH040084N OTFH040085N

4 73


Remove key When you turn off the engine with thesmart key in the smart key holder, thewarning illuminates on the LCD displayfor about 10 seconds. Also, the smart keyholder light blinks for about 10 seconds.To remove the smart key push the smartkey once and pull it out from the smartkey holder.

Insert key If you press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while "Key is not detected" illumi-nates on the LCD display, the warning“Insert key” illuminates for about 10 sec-onds. Also, the immobilizer indicator andthe key holder light blinks for about 10seconds.

Press start button againIf you can not operate the ENGINESTART/STOP button when there is aproblem with the ENGINE START/STOPbutton system, the warning illuminatesfor 10 seconds and the chime soundscontinuously to indicate that you couldstart the engine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button once more.The chime will stop if the ENGINESTART/STOP button system works nor-mally.If the warning illuminates each time youpress the ENGINE START/STOP button,take your vehicle to an authorized Kiadealer and have the system checked.



744

Shift to "P" to start engineIf you try to start the engine with the shiftlever not in P(Park), the warning illumi-nates for 10 seconds on the LCD screen.

Check stop lamp fuseWhen the stop lamp fuse is disconnect-ed, The warning illuminates for 10 sec-onds on the LCD display.Replace the fuse with a new one.If that is not possible you can start theengine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for 10 seconds withthe ENGINE START/STOP button inACC.

Align steering wheelIf you start the engine when the steeringwheel is turned 90 degrees to the rightafter a couple of seconds, “Align steeringwheel” illuminates on the LCD display for5 seconds.Turn the steering wheel to the left andmake it turned to the right less than 30degrees.

OTFH040302N OTFH040093NOTFH040091N

4 75


Align steering wheelIf the steering wheel is aligned within 5seconds after “Align steering wheel” isdisplayed, the indicator will appear asindicated in the above picture.

Align steering wheelIf you start the engine when the steeringwheel is turned 90 degrees to the leftafter a couple of seconds, “Align steeringwheel” illuminates on the LCD display for5 seconds.Turn the steering wheel to the right andmake it turned to the left less than 30degrees.

Low tire pressureWhen one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly underinflated, the warning lightcomes on.



764

Door openThis indicator displays which door isopened.

Trunk openThis indicator displays when the trunk isnot closed securely.

Illumination The illumination intensity of the instru-ment panel is shown when adjusting itwith the illumination control switch.


4 77


Parking assist warning Displays the area an obstacle is detectedwhile moving rearward.

Low washer liquidThis warning light illuminates for 12 sec-onds when the washer fluid reservoir isnearly empty. To turn off the warning lightimmediately, press the RESET button formore than 1 second. Refill the washerfluid as soon as possible.

Check brake'Check brake' is displayed when thebrake function is not well or the regener-ative brake system is not operated withbrake system malfunction. Refer to thepage 4-62 for the related information.Have the system checked by an author-ized Kia dealer as soon as possible.


WARNINGDriving with the 'check brake' on isdangerous. Have the systemchecked by an authorized Kia dealeras soon as possible.

OTFH040100N


784

Check charging systemThis warning illuminates when a mal-function is detected with the ChargingSystem.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the high voltage battery power islow, the warning may occur. In thattime, the warning may disappear whenthe battery is charged by engine.

Check active air flap systemThis warning will be illuminated as follow;- When the actuator flap malfunction is

detected- When the actuator air flap controller

malfunction detected- In a condition opening the air flap, if the

air flap is not open.When the all conditions illuminating thewarning are cleared, the warning will beoff.

✽✽ NOTICEIn winter, the warning may not illumi-nate immediately.The active air flap system is even nor-mal condition, the warning or warningindicator(MIL) may be turned on. Inthat time, check the flap frozen condi-tion or attached materials.If the flap is frozen in winter, the warn-ing indicator(MIL) may be turned onwithout warning contents.


4 79


Refuel now to prevent Hybrid batterydamageIf the fuel tank is nearly empty, a message“Refuel now to prevent Hybrid batterydamage!” will appear on the LCD display.Also, the chime will sound several times.You must stop and obtain additional fuelas soon as possible.

Hybrid system warning! Safely stopand do not driveIf the hybrid system error occurs, a mes-sage “Hybrid system warning! Safelystop and do not drive” will appear on theLCD display and the Ready indicator willblink. Also, the chime will sound until theproblem is solved.Have the vehicle towed to an authorizedKia dealer to inspect the hybrid system.

Hybrid battery low! Safely stop andshift to “P”If the SOC (State Of Charge) is very low,a message “Hybrid battery low! Safelystop and shift to “P”” will appear on theLCD display.To charge the hybrid battery, stop in asafe place and move the shift gear to theP(Park) position as soon as possible.


CAUTIONAvoid driving with very low fuellevel. Running out of fuel coulddamage the hybrid battery.


804

Hybrid battery low! Do not startengineIf the engine does not start and SOC(State Of Charge) is very low, a message“Hybrid battery low! Do not start engine”will appear on the LCD display. Also, thechime will sound until the problem issolved.Have the vehicle towed to an authorizedKia dealer to inspect the hybrid systemand the engine.

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Bothturn signal lights will blink. The hazardwarning lights will operate even thoughthe key is not in the ignition switch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch again.

OTFH042303N

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OTF040105

4 81


The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 120 cm (47in.) behind the vehicle. This system is asupplemental system and it is not intend-ed to nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors are limit-ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you as youwould in a vehicle without a rear parkingassist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemOperating condition• This system will activate when backing

up with the ignition switch ON.• The sensing distance while the rear

parking assist system is in operation isapproximately 120 cm (47 in.).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

Types of warning sound• When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm (47

in. to 32 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm (31in. to 16 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

• When an object is within 40 cm (15 in.)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OTF040101Sensors

WARNINGThe rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhile backing up.


824

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will operatenormally when the material is removedor the sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are within range of the sensor.7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water. (The sens-ing range will return to normal whenremoved.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m(40 in.) in height and narrower than 14cm (6 in.) in diameter.

Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound sequentially depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 40 cm (15 in.) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.

4 83


✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;It can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently when shifting the gear to the R(Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction in the rear parking assist sys-tem. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized Kia dealer assoon as possible.


844

The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe uvo audio or navigation display back-ing-up.

Always keep the camera lens clean. Iflens is covered with foreign matter, thecamera may not operate normally.

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Rearview camera

The rear view camera is not a safe-ty device. It only serves to assistthe driver in identifying objectsdirectly behind the middle of thevehicle. The camera does NOTcover the complete area behind thevehicle.

WARNING - Backing &using camera

Never rely solely on the rear viewcamera when backing.

OTF040102

OTF040103N

4 85


Welcome light (if equipped)When all the doors (and trunk) are lockedand closed, the room lamp will come onfor about 15 seconds if any of the belowis performed.• Without smart key system

- When the door unlock button ispressed on the transmitter.

• With the smart key system- When the vehicle is approached with

the smart key in possession.

Escort welcome (if equipped)When the headlight(light switch in theheadlight or AUTO position) is on and alldoors (and trunk) are locked and closed,the position light and headlight will comeon for 15 seconds if any of the below isperformed.• Without smart key system


• With the smart key system- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lock orunlock button, the position light andheadlight will turn off immediately.

Interior light When the interior light switch is in theDOOR position and all doors (and trunk)are locked and closed, the room lamp willcome on for 30 seconds if any of thebelow is performed.• Without smart key system


• With the smart key system- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.- When the button of the outside door

handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lock orunlock button, the room lamp will turn offimmediately.

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OTF040113N


864

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver- side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willturn off automatically if the driver parkson the side of the road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the Hybrid System is turned off,perform the following1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will turn OFF when:1. The headlight switch is ON.2. The parking brake is applied.3. Engine stops.

Headlight escort function (if equipped)The headlights (and/or taillights) willremain on for approximately 20 minutesafter the ignition key is removed or turnedto the ACC or LOCK position. However, ifthe driver’s door is opened and closed,the headlights are turned off after 30 sec-onds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the transmit-ter (or smart key) twice or turning off thelight switch from the headlight or Autolight position.

Headlight leveling device (if equipped)Automatic typeIt is automatically adjusted the headlightbeam level according to the number ofthe passengers and the loading weight inthe luggage area.And it offers the proper headlight beamunder the various conditions.

LIGHTING

WARNINGIf the headlights are not workingproperly, have your vehicle inspect-ed by an authorized Kia dealer.Don't attempt to inspect or replacethe wiring yourself to prevent mal-function.

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except dri-ver's door), the battery saver func-tion does not operate and the head-light escort function does not turnoff automatically. Therefore, It caus-es the battery to be discharged. Inthis case, make sure to turn off thelamp before getting out of the vehi-cle.

4 87


Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail, posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightswill turn ON.

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position) the head, tail,position, license and instrument panellights will turn ON.The ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

OAM049041 OAM049042OXM049110


884

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willturn ON or OFF automatically dependingon the amount of light outside the vehi-cle.Never place anything over sensor (1)located on the instrument panel. This willensure better auto-light system control.Don’t clean the sensor using a windowcleaner. The cleaner may leave a lightfilm which could interfere with sensoroperation.If your vehicle has window tint or othertypes of metallic coating on the frontwindshield, the Auto light system may notwork properly.

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights, pushthe lever away from you. Pull it back forlow beams.The high-beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switched on.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low-beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

OAM049044

WARNING - High beams Do not use high beam when thereare other vehicles. Using highbeam could obstruct the other dri-ver's vision.

OAM049043OVG049181

4 89


Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). The green arrow indicators on theinstrument panel indicate which turn sig-nal is operating. They will self-cancelafter a turn is completed. If the indicatorcontinues to flash after a turn, manuallyreturn the lever to the OFF position.To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.

If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.If an indicator flash is abnormally quick orslow, a bulb may be burned out or have apoor electrical connection in the circuit.

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow etc. The fog lights will turnon when the fog light switch (1) is turnedto the on position after the headlights areturned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switch(1) to the off position.When in operation, the fog lights con-sume large amounts of vehicle electricalpower. Only use the fog lights when visi-bility is poor.

OAM049046NOAM049045


904

A : Wiper speed control (front)· HI – High wiper speed· LO – Low wiper speed· INT – Intermittent wipe · AUTO* – Automatic control wipe· OFF – Off· MIST – Single wipe

B : Intermittent control wipe timeadjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

* : if equipped

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, move the

lever upward and release it. Thewipers will operate continuously ifthe lever is held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the

same wiping intervals. Use thismode in a light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob.

LO : Normal wiper speed HI : Fast wiper speed

If there is heavy accumulation of snow orice on the windshield, defrost the wind-shield for about 10 minutes, or until thesnow and/or ice is removed before usingthe windshield wipers to ensure properoperation.

AUTO (Automatic) control (if equipped)The rain sensor located on the upper endof the windshield glass senses theamount of rainfall and controls the wipingcycle for the proper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiper operates. Whenthe rain stops, the wiper stops.

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OAM049100L

Front

OYF049103

Rain sensor

4 91


To vary the speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob (1).If the wiper switch is set in AUTO modewhen the ignition switch is ON, the wiperwill operate once to perform a self-checkof the system. Set the wiper to off posi-tion when the wiper is not in use.Always remove all snow and ice anddefrost the windshield properly prior tooperating the windshield wipers.

✽✽ NOTICE - Sensor coverDo not remove the sensor cover locatedon the upper end of the passenger sidewindshield glass as this may damage thesensor system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Winter drivingAlways set the auto wiper switch to theoff position in the winter to avoid autoactivation during icy conditions whichmay damage the windshield wipers.

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever. If thewasher does not work, check the washerfluid level.If the fluid level is not sufficient, you willneed to add appropriate non-abrasivewindshield washer fluid to the washerreservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

CAUTION - Wiper positionWhen washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the off position tostop the auto wiper operation.The wiper may operate and be dam-aged if the switch is set in the AUTOmode while washing the vehicle.

OYF049101


924

CAUTION - Washer pumpTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNING - Obscured visibility

Do not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze onthe windshield and obscure yourvision.

CAUTION - Wipers & windshields

• To prevent possible damage tothe wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

4 93


Do not use the interior lights for extendedperiods when the engine is not running.It may cause battery discharge.

Automatic turn off function (if equipped)The interior lights automatically turn offapproximately 20 minutes after the igni-tion switch is turned off.If your vehicle is equipped with the theftalarm system, the interior lights automat-ically turns off approximately 3 secondsafter the system is armed stage.

Map lamp Push the lens to turn the map lamp on oroff. This light produces a spot beam forconvenient use as a map lamp at night oras a personal lamp for the driver and thefront passenger.• DOOR : In the DOOR position, the map

lamp and the room lamp comeon when any door is openedregardless of the ignitionswitch position. When doorsare unlocked by the transmitter(or smart key), the map lampand the room lamp come onfor approximately 30 secondsas long as any door is notopen.

The map lamp and the roomlamp goes out gradually afterapproximately 30 seconds if thedoor is closed. However, if theignition switch is ON or all doorsare locked, the map lamp and theroom lamp will turn off immedi-ately. If a door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC orLOCK position, the map lampand the room lamp stays on forabout 20 minutes. However, if adoor is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ON position, themap lamp and the room lampstays on continuously. If the typeB room lamp switch is OFF, itdoesn't work.

• OFF : The lights turn off even if a dooris opened.When the lamp is turned ON bypressing the lens (1), the lampdoes not turn off even if theswitch (2) is in the OFF posi-tion.

• ON : The map lamp and the roomlamp stay on at all times.

INTERIOR LIGHT

WARNING - Interior lightDo not use the interior lights whendriving in the dark. The glare fromthe interior lights may obstructyour view and cause an accident.

OVG049110


944

Room lamp To turn the room lamp push lens (3).

Trunk room lamp (if equipped)The trunk room lamp comes on when thetrunk is opened.

Glove box lamp (if equipped)The glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights must beON for the glove box lamp to function.

OVG049111 OTF040110

CAUTIONThe trunk room lamp comes on aslong as the trunk lid opens. To pre-vent unnecessary charging systemdrain, close the trunk lid securelyafter using the trunk.

OTF040112

CAUTIONTo prevent unnecessary chargingsystem drain, close the glove boxsecurely after using the glove box.

4 95


Vanity mirror lamp Push the switch to turn the light on or off.• : The lamp will turn on if this button

is pressed.• : The lamp will turn off if this button

is pressed.Always have the switch in the off positionwhen the vanity mirror lamp is not in use.If the sunvisor is closed without the lampoff, it may discharge the battery or dam-age the sunvisor.

OLM049105


964

If you want to defrost and defog the frontwindshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in this section.

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,while the engine is running.To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster manually, pressthe rear window defroster button again.

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

DEFROSTER

CAUTION - ConductorsTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

OTF040115

4 97


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OTFH040129N/OTFH040175N

■■ Type A

■■ Type B

1. Fan speed control switch

2. Driver’s temperature control knob

3. Air conditioning button4. ECON (economy air conditioning button)5. Front windshield defroster button6. Mode selection button

7. Passenger's temperature control knob

8. Dual temperature control selection button9. Rear window defroster button10. OFF button11. Recirculated air position button (Type A)

Air intake control button (Type B)12. AUTO (automatic control) button13. Climate control display14. Climate information screen selection button


984

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby setting the temperature.

2. Set the temperature control knob tothe desired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,select any button or switch of the fol-lowing:• Mode selection button• Air conditioning button• Front windshield defroster button• Air intake control button• Fan speed control switchThe selected function will be controlledmanually while other functions operateautomatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 23°C (73°F).

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OTF040132OTF040131

4 99


Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In this case,the system works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling :- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air or recirculated air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Every time you press the mode selectionbutton, the mode will change as follows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level

Air flow is discharged towards the face andfloor.

Floor-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defroster.

Floor/Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OTF040133N


1004

Defrost-levelMost of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right for warm air or left for cooler air.

OTF040124 OTF040135OTF040134N

4 101


Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually 1. Press the DUAL button to operate the

driver and passenger side temperatureindividually. Pressing the right temper-ature control button will automaticallyswitch to the DUAL mode as well.

2. Operate the left temperature control toadjust the driver side temperature.Operate the right temperature controlto adjust the passenger side tempera-ture.

When the driver side temperature is setto the highest (HIGH) or lowest (LOW)temperature setting, the DUAL mode isdeactivated for maximum heating orcooling.

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature equally1. Press the DUAL button again to deac-

tivate DUAL mode. The passengerside temperature will be set to thesame temperature as the driver sidetemperature.

2. Operate the driver side temperaturecontrol switch. The driver and passen-ger side temperature will be adjustedequally.

Temperature conversionYou can switch the temperature modebetween Fahrenheit to Centigrade as fol-lows:While pressing the MODE, press theDUAL button for 3 seconds or more.The display will change from Fahrenheitto Centigrade, or from Centigrade toFahrenheit.If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Fahrenheit.

OTF040137


1024

Outside thermometer The current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°C (1°F) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°C ~ 60°C(-40°F~140°F).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like ageneral thermometer to prevent thedriver from being inattentive.

Air intake controlThe air intake control is used to selectoutside (fresh) air position or recirculatedair position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Outside (fresh) air positionWith the outside (fresh) air

position selected, airenters the vehicle from out-side and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

OTFH040138N

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 103


Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by pressing the fan speed controlswitch.To change the fan speed press the part of the switch for higher speed orpress the part of the switch for lowerspeed.To turn the fan speed control off, pressthe OFF button.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off the airclimate control system. However you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the engine start/stop but-ton is in the ON position.

OTFH040140NOTFH040139N OTFH040141N


1044

Climate information screen selection(if equipped)Press the climate information screenselection button to display climate infor-mation on the screen.

Economy air conditioning button1. If you push the ECON button while the

air conditioning system is working, theair conditioning system will work lessand it could improve the fuel efficiency.

2. If you want maximum air conditioningwhile ECON system is working, turnthe ECON system off by pushing theECON button.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the , position.


4 105


Operation Tips• To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle through theventilation system, temporarily set theair intake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

Air conditioning (if equipped) All Kia Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the recir-

culated air position. However, pro-longed operation of the reticulated airposition will excessively dry the air. Inthis case, change the air position.

4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position, set the mode control tothe MAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.

✽✽ NOTICE• While using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• While opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be usedwith the windows closed.


1064

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

Climate control air filterThe climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

OMG075033

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

4 107


✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized Kia dealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeinfluence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized Kia dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant is used.Otherwise, damage to the compressorand abnormal system operation mayoccur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system for theHybrid vehicle should be servicedby an authorized Kia dealer. TheHybrid air conditioning system isconnected to the high voltage sys-tem and requires special fluids,tools and service procedures.Improperly servicing the Hybrid airconditioning system could result inelectrical shock, serious injury, oreven death.


1084

• For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging upthe inside of the windshield.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button manually.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation to redurefog up in extremely humid weather.

OTF040145N-1

4 109


To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of fogging upinside of the windshield, the air intake orair conditioning are controlled automati-cally according to certain conditions suchas or position. To cancel orreturn to the defogging logic, do the fol-lowings:

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the engine start/stop button to the

ON position.2. Select the defroster position pressing

the defroster button ( ).3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake con-trol button ( ) at least 5 times with-in 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

OTF040146N-1 OTFH041148N


1104

Auto defogging system (Only forautomatic climate control system, ifequipped)Auto defogging reduces the probability offogging up the inside of the windshield byautomatically sensing the moisture ofinside the windshield.The auto defogging system operateswhen the heater or air conditioning is on.

This indicator illuminateswhen the auto defoggingsystem senses the moistureof inside the windshield andoperates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle, highersteps operate as follow. For example ifauto defogging does not defog inside thewindshield at step 1 Outside air position,it tries to defog again at step 2 Blowingair toward the windshield.

Step 1 : Outside air positionStep 2 : Blowing air toward the windshieldStep 3 : Increasing air flow toward the

windshieldStep 4 : Operating the air conditioning Step 5 : Maximizing the air conditioning

If your vehicle is equipped with the autodefogging system, it is automatically acti-vated when the conditions are met.However, if you would like to cancel theauto defogging system, press the frontdefroster button 4 times within 2 secondswhile pressing the AUTO button. Theindicator will blink 3 times to notify youthat the system is cancelled. To use theauto defogging system again, follow theprocedures mentioned above.

If the battery has been disconnected ordischarged, it resets to the auto defog-ging status.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the A/C off or recirculated air positionis manually selected while the autodefogging system is on, the auto defog-ging indicator will blink 3 times to givenotice that manual operation is can-celed.

OTF040178NCAUTION

Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thedriver side windshield glass.Damage to the system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.

4 111


These compartments can be used tostore small items.To avoid possible theft, do not leave valu-ables in the storage compartment.Always keep the storage compartmentcovers closed while driving. Do notattempt to place so many items in thestorage compartment that the storagecompartment cover can not closesecurely.

Center console storage (if equipped)To open the center console storage, pullup the lever.

Glove boxTo open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store, propane cylinders, orother flammable/explosive materi-als in the vehicle. These items maycatch fire and/or explode if thevehicle is exposed to hot tempera-tures for extended periods.

OTF040152N

OTF040171

OTF040153


1124

Cool box (if equipped)You can keep beverage cans or otheritems cool in the glove box.1.Turn on the air conditioning.2.Slide the open/close lever of the vent

installed in the glove box to the openposition.

3.When the cool box is not used, slidethe lever to the closed position.

If some items in the cool box block thevent, the cooling effectiveness of thecoolbox is reduced.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not put perishable food in the coolbox because it may not maintain thenecessary consistent temperature tokeep the food fresh.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the temperature control knob is in thewarm or hot position, warm or hot airwill flow into the glove box.

Sunglasses holder To open the sunglasses holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses with the lensesfacing out.To close the sunglasses holder, push itup.

OTF040154 OTF040155N

WARNING - Distracteddriving

Do not use the sunglasses holderwhile driving.

4 113


Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).Adjust the sunvisor extension forward orbackward (3).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (4).The ticket holder (5) is provided for hold-ing a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

INTERIOR FEATURES

WARNING - Hot liquidsDo not place uncovered cups of hotliquid in the cup holder while thevehicle is in motion. If the hot liquidspills, you may burn yourself. Sucha burn to the driver could lead toloss of control of the vehicle. OTF040158N

OTF040159

OTF040160

■ Type B

Front ■ Type A

Rear

OVG049174


1144

Power outlet (if equipped)The power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.Use the power outlet only when theengine is running and remove the acces-sory plug after use. Using the accessoryplug for prolonged periods of time withthe engine off could cause the battery todischarge.Only use 12V electric accessories whichare less than 10A in electric capacity.Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to thelowest operating level when using thepower outlet.

Close the cover when not in use.Some electronic devices can cause elec-tronic interference when plugged into avehicle’s power outlet. These devicesmay cause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronic systemsor devices used in your vehicle.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge and pos-sible sunvisor damage.

OTF040161N

WARNING - Electric shockDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.

4 115


Digital clock

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

• HOUR (1) :Pressing the H button will advance thetime display by one hour.

• MINUTE (2) :Pressing the M button will advance thetime display by one minute.

• Display conversion:To change the 12 hour format to the 24hour format, press the H and M buttonat the same time for more than 5 sec-onds.For example, if the time is 10:15 p.m.,the display will change to 22:15.

Clothes hanger (if equipped)To use the hanger, pull down the upperportion of hanger.WARNING

Do not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

CAUTION - Hanging clothing

Do not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

OUN026348OTF040162

Floor mat anchor(s)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

The following must be observed wheninstalling ANY floor mat to the vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are secure-

ly attached to the vehicle's floor matanchor(s) before driving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannotbe firmly attached to the vehicle's floormat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top of oneanother (e.g. all-weather rubber mat ontop of a carpeted floor mat). Only a sin-gle floor mat should be installed ineach position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manu-factured with driver's side floor matanchors that are designed to securelyhold the floor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal operation, Kiarecommends that only the Kia floor matdesigned for use in your vehicle beinstalled.

Navigation system (if equipped)The navigation system ascertains thepresent position of your vehicle by usinginformation from satellites and guidesyou to the place you assign as the desti-nation.Detailed information for the navigationsystem is described in a separately sup-plied manual.

OEL049222

WARNING - After marketfloor mat

Do not install aftermarket floormats that are not capable of beingsecurely attached to the vehicle'sfloor mat anchors. Unsecured floormats can interfere with pedal oper-ation.

For driver’s side For passenger’s side

4 116


4 117


✽✽ NOTICEIf you install an after market HID headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and electron-ic device may malfunction.

Glass antenna (if equipped)When the radio power switch is turned onwhile the ignition switch is in either the“ON” or “ACC” position, your car willreceive both AM and FM broadcast sig-nals through the antenna in the rear win-dow glass.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OTF040165

CAUTION• Do not clean the inside of the rear

window glass with a cleaner oruse a scraper to remove foreigndeposits as this may cause dam-age to the antenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatingssuch as Ni, Cd, and so on. Thesecan disturb receiving AM and FMbroadcast signals.


1184

Steering wheel audio controls (if equipped) The steering wheel may incorporateaudio control buttons.

VOLUME ( / ) (1)• Press the lever upward ( ) to increase

the volume.• Press the lever downward ( ) to

decrease the volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)The SEEK/PRESET button has differentfunctions based on the system mode. Forthe following functions the button shouldbe pressed for 0.8 seconds or more.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CD/USB/iPod modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor less than 0.8 seconds, it will work asfollows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONbuttons.

CD/USB/iPod modeIt will function as TRACK UP/DOWN but-ton.

MODE (3)Press the button to change audio source.FM(1~2)➟AM➟SAT(1~3)➟CD➟USBAUX(iPod)➟FM...In addition to mode change, Power on/offcan be made by pressing this buttonwhen the ignition switch is on ACC orON.- Power ON : Press the button when the

audio is off- Power OFF : Press the button for more

than 0.8seconds when the audio is on.

MUTE (4, if equipped)• Press the button to mute the sound.• Press the button to turn off the micro-

phone during a telephone call.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons are described in the followingpages in this section.

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

TFA_WHEEL_USA_2

12

3

4

4 119


Aux, USB and iPod®* portIf your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

How vehicle audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your vehicle.This signalis then received by the radio and sent toyour vehicle speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

OTF040167N JBM001

FM radio reception

JBM002

AM radio reception


1204

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

• Fading - As your vehicle moves awayfrom the radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anotherstation with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

JBM004 JBM005JBM003

FM radio station

4 121


Satellite radio receptionYou may experience difficulties in receiv-ing SIRIUS satellite radio signals in thefollowing situations.

• If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov-ered parking area.

• If you are driving beneath the top levelof a multi-level freeway.

• If you drive under a bridge.• If you are driving next to a tall vehicle

(such as a truck or a bus) that blocksthe signal.

• If you are driving in a valley where thesurrounding hills or peaks block thesignal from the satellite.

• If you are driving on a mountain roadwhere is the signal blocked by moun-tains.

• If you are driving in an area with talltrees that block the signal (30 ft. / 10mor more), for example on an road thatgoes through a dense forest.

• The signal can become weak in someareas that are not covered by theSIRIUS repeater network.

NOTE:There may be other unforeseen cir-cumstances leading to receptionproblems with the SIRIUS satelliteradio signal.

SATELITE2SATELITE1


1224

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

Care of disc• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventilationbefore using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMAfiles without permission. Use CDs thatare created only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible CopyProtected Audio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDo not use a cellular phone whiledriving. Stop at a safe location touse a cellular phone.

4 123


■■ CD Player : PA710TFU

TF_USA_RADIO❋There will be no logo if the Bluetooth® wireless technology feature is not supported.


1244

Using RADIO, SETUP, VOLUMEand AUDIO CONTROL

1. Button The FM/AM button toggles between FMand AM. Listed below are the paths asthe system switches from FM to AM andback to FM.• FM/AM : FM1➟FM2➟AM➟FM1...

2. Button & Knob• Turns the audio system on/off when

the ignition switch is on ACC or ON.• If the knob is turned clockwise/counter-

clockwise, the volume will increase/decrease.

3. Button• When the is pressed, it will

automatically tune to the next lowerstation.

• When the is pressed, it willautomatically tune to the next higherstation.

4. Button• When the button is pressed, it auto-

matically scans the radio stationsupwards.

• The SCAN feature steps through eachstation, starting from the initial station,for 5 seconds.

• Press the button again to stopthe scan feature and to listen to thecurrently selected channel.

5. ButtonWhen the button is pressed, stops sound and “Audio Mute” is displayed on LCD.

6. PRESET Buttons• Press ~ buttons less

than 0.8 seconds to play the stationsaved in each button.

• Press ~ button morethan 0.8 seconds or longer to save thecurrent station to the respective buttonwith a beep.

7. ButtonPress this button to enter SETUP mode,If no action is taken for 8 seconds, it willreturn to previous mode.In “SETUP” mode, rotate the TUNE knobto move the cursor between items, andpush the TUNE knob to select.

SETUP

61

61

MUTE

SCAN

SCAN

SEEK

SEEKSEEK

VOLPOWER

FM/AM

TF_USA_RADIOTF_USA_RADIO

TF_USA_RADIO

4 125


• SCROLLSelect whether long file names are scrolledcontinuously (On) or just once (Off).

• SDVC (Speed Dependent Volume Control)Select this item to turn the SDVC featureOn or Off. If it is turned ON, volume levelis adjusted automatically according tothe vehicle speed.

• MEDIASelect default display of MP3 play infor-mation. “Folder/File” or “Artist/Title” canbe selected.

• SATSelect default display of SIRIUS mode.“Cat./Ch.” or “Artist/Title” can be selected.

• PHONESelect this item to enter BLUETOOTHsetup mode. Refer to “BLUETOOTHPHONE OPERATION” section fordetailed information. 8. & Knob

Rotate the knob clockwise or counter-clock wise to increase or decrease fromcurrent frequency.(AM 10kHz, FM 200kHz)Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

• BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

Audio ControlTUNE

TF_USA_RADIO


1264

• MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise to empha-size rear speaker sound (front speakersound will be attenuated). When the con-trol knob is turned counterclockwise, frontspeaker sound will be emphasized (rearspeaker sound will be attenuated).

• BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

4 127


Using CD Player

1. Button If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode. Ifno CD, it displays “No Media” for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. Button (RANDOM)Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate ‘RDM’ mode and morethan 0.8 seconds to activate ‘ALL RDM’mode. It wil play the next song at once.• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc

are played back in a random sequence.• ALL RDM (MP3/WMA Only) : All files in

a disc are played back in the randomsequence.

3. Button (REPEAT)Press this button for less than 0.8 secondsto activate 'RPT' mode and more than 0.8seconds to activate 'FLD RPT' mode.• RPT : Only a track (file) is repeatedly

played back.• FLD RPT (MP3/WMA Only) : Only files

in a folder are repeatedly played back.

4. Button• Press button for less than

0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof current song.

• Press button for less than 0.8 seconds and press again within1 second to play the previous song.

• Press button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to initiate reverse direc-tion high speed sound search of cur-rent song.

• Press button for less than0.8 seconds to play the next song.

• Press button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to initiate forward direc-tion high speed sound search of cur-rent song.

5. ButtonPlay each song in the CD for 10 seconds. Tocancel SCAN Play, press this button again.

6. CD Eject Button• Press button to eject the CD.

This button works regardless of ignitionswitch status.

7. CD SlotInsert a CD label side up and gently pushin while ignition switch is on ACC or ON.The audio automatically switches to CDmode and begins to play the CD.If the audio was turned off, audio powerwill automatically turned on as the CD isinserted.• This audio only recognizes 12cm-size, CD-

DA (Audio CD) or ISO data-CD (MP3 CD).• If UDF data-CD or non-CD (e.g. DVD) is

inserted, "Reading Error" message willbe displayed and the disc will be ejected.

SCAN

TRACK

TRACK

T TRACK

T TRACK

T TRACK

TRACK

2

1

CD

CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator islit.

TF_USA_CD


1284

8. Button • Press button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press button to move toparent folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.

9. ButtonDisplays the information of the currentsong.• Audio CD : Disc Title/Artist, Track Title

/Artist, Total Track.• MP3 CD : File Name, Title, Artist,

Album, Folder, Total Files (Not dis-played if the information is unavailableon the CD or file.)

10. Knob & Button• Turn this knob clockwise to browse

songs after current song, or counter-clockwise to browse songs before cur-rent song. To play the displayed song,press the knob.

• Pressing this knob without turningenters to AUDIO CONTROL mode.

NOTE:Order of playing files (folders) :1. Song playing order : to sequen-

tially.

ENTERTUNE

INFO

FOLDER

FOLDER

FOLDER

TF_USA_CD

4 129


2. Folder playing order :❋ If no song file is contained in the

folder, that folder is not displayed.


1304

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is not con-nected when starting up the vehi-cle. Connect the device afterstarting up.

• If you start the engine when theUSB device is connected, it maydamage the USB device. (USBflashdrives are very sensitive toelectric shock.)

• If the engine is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take precautions for static electrici-ty when connecting or disconnect-ing the external USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not

recognizable.• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB device isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith the human body or otherobjects.

• If you repeatedly connect or dis-connect the USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You may hear a strange noisewhen connecting or disconnect-ing a USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you disconnect the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or may malfunction.Therefore, disconnect the externalUSB device when the audio isturned off or in another mode. (e.g,Radio, SIRIUS or CD)

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice.

• Do not use the USB device for pur-poses other than playing musicfiles.

• Use of USB accessories such asrechargers or heaters using USBI/F may lower performance orcause trouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub purchased separately, thevehicle’s audio system may notrecognize the USB device. In thatcase, connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

(Continued)

4 131


(Continued)• If the USB device is divided by

logical drives, only the music fileson the highest-priority drive arerecognized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camera canbe unrecognizable by standardUSB I/F can be unrecognizable.

• Some non-standard USB devices(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can beunrecognizable.

• Some USB flash memory readers(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) orexternal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this audio.Always back up important data ona personal storage device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.


1324

Using USB device

1. Button (USB or AUX)If the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to AUX or USB mode to playthe sound from the auxiliary player.If there is no auxiliary device, then themessage “No Media” will become dis-played on the LCD for 3 seconds andreturns to previous mode.

2. Button (RANDOM)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to play songs randomly in currentfolder.

• Press this button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play songs randomly in entireUSB device.

• To cancel RANDOM play, press thisbutton again.

3. Button (REPEAT)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to repeat current song.• Press this button for 0.8 seconds or longer

to repeat all songs in current folder.• To cancel REPEAT, press this button

again.

4. Button• Press the button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the current song.Press the button for less than 0.8 seconds and press it again within 1 sec-ond to move to and play the previoussong.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nextsong. Press the button for 0.8 secondsor longer to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

5. ButtonPlays each song in the USB device for 10seconds.To cancel SCAN Play, press this buttonagain.

6. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME ➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟

ALBUM ➟ FOLDER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟

NORMAL DISPLAY ➟ FILE NAME…(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)

INFO

SCAN

TRACK

T TRACK

TRACK

2

1

AUX

TF_USA_USBTF_USA_USB

4 133


7. Button• Press button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press button to move toparent folder display the first song inthe folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.

8. Knob & Button• Turn this knob clockwise to browse

songs after current song, or counterclockwise to browse songs before cur-rent song. To play the displayed song,press the knob.

• Pressing this knob without turningenters to AUDIO CONTROL mode.

ENTERTUNE

FOLDER

FOLDER

FOLDER

TF_USA_USB


1344

✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING THEiPod® DEVICE

• Some iPod models might not sup-port the communication protocoland the files will not be played. Supported iPod models: - iPod Mini- iPod 4th(Photo)~ 6th(Classic)

generation- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in theaudio system.

• If the iPod disabled due to its ownmalfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normallyon low battery.

• Some iPod devices, such as theiPone®, can be connected through theBluetooth® wireless technology inter-face. The device must have audioBluetooth® wireless technology capa-bility (such as for stereo headphoneBluetooth® wireless technology). Thedevice can play, but it will not be con-trolled by the audio system.

CAUTION IN USING THE iPod® DEVICE

• The Kia iPod Power Cable isneeded in order to operate iPodwith the audio buttons on theaudio system.The USB cable pro-vided by Apple may cause mal-function and should not be usedfor Kia vehicles.

❋ The Kia iPod Power Cable maybe purchased through your KiaDealership.

• When connecting iPod with theiPod Power Cable, insert the con-nector to the multimedia socketcompletely. If not inserted com-pletely, communications betweeniPod and audio may be interrupted.

• When adjusting the sound effects ofthe iPod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap and might reduce or distortthe quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to AUXmode even without iPod deviceand may cause noise. Disconnectthe iPod cable when you are notusing the iPod device.

• When not using iPod with caraudio, detach the iPod cable fromiPod. Otherwise, iPod may remainin accessory mode, and may notwork properly.

4 135


Using iPod®

❋ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

1. Button (iPod®)If iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the previous mode toplay the song files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. Button (RANDOM)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to shuffle order of all songs incurrent category. (Song Random)

• Press this button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to shuffle order of albums in cur-rent category. (Album Random)

• To cancel RANDOM Play, press thisbutton again.

3. Button (REPEAT)Repeats the song currently played.

4. Button• Press the button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 sec-ond to move to and play the previoustrack.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nexttrack.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forward direc-tion in fast speed.

5. ButtonPlays each song in the iPod device for 10seconds.To cancel SCAN Play, press this buttonagain.

6. Button (MENU)Moves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press knob.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The standard order of iPod’s category isSONGS ➟ ALBUMS ➟ ARTISTS ➟ GEN-RES ➟ iPod

TUNE

6

SCAN

TRACK

T TRACK

TRACK

2

1

AUX

TF_USA_iPod TF_USA_iPod


1364

7. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMALDISPLAY ➟ TITLE... (Displays no informa-tion if the file has no song information.)

8. Knob & ButtonWhen you rotate the knob clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) aheadof the song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you rotate the knob counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).

To listen to the song displayed in thesong category, press the button to skip toand play the selected song.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

ENTERTUNE

INFO

TF_USA_iPod

4 137


Satellite Radio channels:SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 chan-nels, including 69 channels of 100% com-mercial-free music, plus sports, news, talkand entertainment available nationwide inyour vehicle. For more information and acomplete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radiochannels, visit sirius.com in the UnitedStates, sirius-canada.ca in Canada, or callSIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.

Satellite Radio reception factors:To receive the satellite signal, your vehi-cle has been equipped with a satelliteradio antenna located on the roof of yourvehicle. The vehicle roof provides thebest location for an unobstructed, openview of the sky, a requirement of a satel-lite radio system. Like AM/FM, there areseveral factors that can affect satelliteradio reception performance:• Antenna obstructions: For optimal

reception performance, keep the anten-na clear of snow and ice build-up andkeep luggage and other material as faraway from the antenna as possible.

• Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall buildings,bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses,parking garages, dense tree foliageand thunderstorms can interfere withyour reception.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio service:SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscription-based satellite radio service that broad-casts music, sports, news and entertain-ment programming to radio receivers,which are available for installation inmotor vehicles or factory installed, aswell as for the home, portable and wire-less devices, and through an Internetconnection on personal computer.Vehicles that are equipped with a factoryinstalled SIRIUS Satellite Radio systeminclude:• Hardware and an introductory trial sub-

scription term, which begins on thedate of sale or lease of the vehicle.

• For a small upgrade fee, access toSIRIUS music channels, and otherselect channels over the Internet usingany computer connected to theInternet (U.S. customers only).For information on extended subscrip-tion terms, contact SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.

NOTE:Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS® com-patible receiver and a subscription serv-ice fee after trial period.Vehicles without a factory-installedradio receiver require hardware pur-chase and installation. Please see yourdealer for further details. All fees andprogramming subject to change.Subscriptions governed by the SIRIUSTerms & Conditions available atwww.sirius.com / service terms.Available only in the 48 contiguousUnited States and the District ofColumbia. Service available in Canada;see www.siriuscanada.caKia shall not be responsible for anysuch programming changes.

Satellite Radio Electronic SerialNumber (ESN): This 12-digit SatelliteSerial Number is needed to re-activate,modify or track your satellite radioaccount. You will need this number whencommunicating with SIRIUS.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio information (if equipped)


1384

Using SIRIUS Satellite RadioYour Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3month complimentary period of SIRIUSSatellite Radio so you have access toover 130 channels of music, information,and entertainment programming.

ActivationIn order to extend or reactivate your sub-scription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio, youwill need to contact SIRIUS CustomerCare at 1-888-539-7474. Have your 12digit SID (Sirius Identification Number)/ESN(Electronic Serial Number) ready. To retrievethe SID/ESN, turn on the radio, press the[SAT] button, and tune to channel zero.

Please note that the vehicle will need tobe turned on, in Sirius mode, and havean unobstructed view of the sky in orderfor the radio to receive the activation sig-nal.

1. Button(SIRIUS SatelliteRadio)

Press the button to switch toSIRIUS Satellite Radio. It cycles throughthe different bands as noted below.SAT1➟SAT2➟SAT3➟SAT1...

2. Button (CHANNEL)• Press button for less than

0.8 seconds to select previous or nextchannel.

• Press button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to continuously move toprevious or next channel.

• If “CATEGORY” Icon is displayed at thetop of the screen, channel up/down isdone through the channels within cur-rent category.

3. Button • When the button is pressed, it

automatically scans the radio stationsupwards.

• The SCAN feature steps through everychannel, starting from the initial chan-nel, for ten seconds.

• Press the button again to stopthe scan feature and to listen to thecurrently selected channel.

• If "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed atthe top of the screen, channel chang-ing is done through the channels with-in current category.

4. Button (CATEGORY)• Press button to enter the

Category List Mode. The display willindicate the category items, highlightthe category that the current channelbelongs to.

• In the Category List Mode, press thesebuttons to navigate category list.

• Press Button to select thelowest channel in highlighted category.

• If channel is selected by selecting cat-egory "CATEGORY" Icon is displayedat the top of the screen.

ENTER

CAT

CAT

SCAN

SCAN

SCAN

SEEK

SEEK

SEEK

SAT

SAT

TF_USA_SIRIUS

4 139


5. ButtonDisplays the information of the currentchannel as below when the button ispressed each time.• When default display is

CAT(Category)/CH(Channel) ➟ Artist/Title➟ Composer (if available) ➟ Category/Channel...

• When default display is ART(Artist)/TITLE(Title) ➟ Category/Channel➟ Composer(if available) ➟ Artist/Title...

✽✽ Troubleshooting1. Antenna Error

If this message is displayed, the anten-na or antenna cable is broken orunplugged. Please consult with yourKia dealership.

2. Acquiring SignalIf this message is displayed, it meansthat the antenna is covered and thatthe SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal isnot available. Ensure the antenna isuncovered and has a clear view of thesky.

6. Knob & Button• Rotate clockwise to increase the chan-

nel number or to scroll down the cate-gory list.

• Rotate counterclockwise to decreasethe channel number or to scroll up thecategory list.

• Press this to make selection of chan-nels or items.

7. PRESET Buttons• Press ~ buttons less

than 0.8 seconds to play the channelsaved in each button.

• Press ~ buttons for 0.8seconds or longer to save currentchannel to the respective button with abeep.

61

61

ENTERTUNE

INFOTF_USA_SIRIUS

TF_USA_RADIO


1404

NOTE:If you need more information aboutKia’s Bluetooth® wireless technology.Contact Kia website “www.Kia.com”(OWNERS>General Info>BLUETOOTHwireless technology).

CAUTION IN USINGBLUETOOTH® WIRELESSTECHNOLOGY CELLU-LAR PHONE

• Do not use a cellular phone orperform Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology settings (e.g. pairing aphone) while driving.

• Some Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology-enabled phones may notbe recognized by the system orfully compatible with the system.

• Before using Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology related features of theaudio system, refer your phone’sUser’s Manual for phone-sideBluetooth® wireless technologyoperations.

• The phone must be paired to theaudio system to use Bluetooth®

wireless technology related fea-tures.

• You will not be able to use thehands-free feature when yourphone (in the car) is outside ofthe cellular service area (e.g. in atunnel, in a underground, in amountainous area, etc.).

(Continued)

(continued)• If the cellular phone signal is poor

or the vehicles interior noise istoo loud, it may be difficult to hearthe other person’s voice during acall.

• Do not place the phone near orinside metallic objects, otherwise communications with Bluetooth®

wireless technology system orcellular service stations can bedisturbed.

• While a phone is connectedthrough Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology your phone may dis-charge quicker than usual foradditional Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology-related operations.

• Some cellular phones or otherdevices may cause interferencenoise or malfunction to audiosystem. In this case, store thedevice in a different location mayresolve the situation.

4 141


BLUETOOTH® WIRELESS TECH-NOLOGY PHONE OPERATION(if equipped)

1. button : Raises or lowersspeaker volume.

2. button : Activates voice recognition.3. button : Places and transfers calls.4. button : Ends calls or cancels func-

tions.

■ What is Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology?

Bluetooth® is a wireless technology thatallows multiple devices to be connectedin a short range, low-powered deviceslike hands-free, stereo headset, steeringremote control, etc. For more informa-tion, visit the Bluetooth® website atwww.Bluetooth.com

■ General Features• This audio system supports Bluetooth®

wireless technology hands-free andstereo-headset features.- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or

receiving calls wirelessly throughvoice recognition.

- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playingmusic from cellular phones (that sup-ports A2DP feature) wirelessly.

• Voice recognition engine of theBluetooth® wireless technology systemsupports 3 types of languages:

EnglishCanadian FrenchUS Spanish

✽✽ NOTICE• The phone must be paired to the sys-

tem before using Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology features.

• Only one selected (linked) cellular phonecan be used with the system at a time.

• Some phones are not fully compatiblewith this system.

• The Bluetooth® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by Kia is under license.A Bluetooth enabled cell phone isrequired to use Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology.

■ Receiving a Phone CallWhen receiving a phone call, a ringtoneis audible from speakers and the audiosystem changes into telephone mode.When receiving a phone call, “Incomingcall” message and incoming phone num-ber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Answer a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Reject a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Adjust Ring Volume:- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering

wheel.• To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret

Call):- Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio systemtransfers a call to the phone.

VOLUME

4

3

1

2


1424

■ Talking on the PhoneWhen talking on the phone, “Active Call”message and the other party’s phonenumber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Finish a Call- Press button on the steering wheel.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, you or theother party may have difficulty hearingeach other:1. Speaking at the same time, your voice

may not reach each other parties. (Thisis not a malfunction.) Speak alternate-ly with the other party on the phone.

2. Keep the volume to a low level. High-level volume may result in distortionand echo.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

■ Bluetooth® Audio Music StreamingThe audio system supports Bluetooth®

A2DP (Audio Advanced DistributionProfile) and AVRCP (Audio VideoRemote Control Profile) technologies.Both profiles provide steaming of musicvia compatible “PAIRED” Bluetooth®

wireless technology Cellular phone.To stream music from the Bluetooth®

wireless technology cellular phone, playyour music files on your cellular phoneaccording to your cellular phone user’smanual and press the button onthe audio system until “MP3 play” is dis-played on the LCD.The audio system head unit displays‘MP3 MODE’.

NOTE:• In addition to streaming MP3 files,

all music and sound files your cellu-lar phone supports can be playedby the audio system.

• Bluetooth® wireless technologycompatible cellular phones mustinclude A2DP and AVRCP capabili-ties.

• Some A2DP and AVRCP compatibleBluetooth® cellular phones may notplay music through the audio sys-tem initially. These cellular phonesmay need to have the Bluetooth®

wireless technology streamingenabled, for example;i.e : Menu➟Filemanager➟Music➟

Option➟Play via Bluetooth • Please refer to User’s Guide for your

cellular phone for more information.To cancel Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology cellular phone musicstreaming, stop music playback onthe cellular phone or change theaudio mode to AM/FM, SIRIUS, CD,iPod, ect.

CD/AUX

4 143


■ Phone SetupAll Bluetooth® wireless technology relat-ed operations can be performed inPHONE menu.1) Push the button to enter

SETUP mode.2) Select “Phone” item by rotating the

knob, then push the knob.

3) Select desired item by rotating theknob, then push the knob.

• Pairing a phoneBefore using Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology features, the phone must bepaired (registered) with the audio sys-tem. Up to 5 phones can be paired withthe system.

NOTE:• The pairing procedure of the phone

varies according to each phonemodel. Before attempting to pairphone, please see your phone’sUser’s Guide for instructions.

• Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phoneis deleted manually from the audiosystem (refer “Deleting a Phone”section) or the vehicle’s informationis removed from the phone.

➀ Press button to enter SETUPmode.

➁ Select “Phone”, then “Pair” in PHONEmenu.

➂ The audio displays “Device : [Name]passkey: 0000”

➃ Search and select the device name inyour mobile phone to starting the pair-ing process.

NOTE:• If the phone is paired with two or

more vehicles of the same model,some phones may not handleBluetooth® wireless technologydevices of that name correctly. Inthis case, you may need to changethe name displayed on your phone.For example, if the vehicles' name isKMC CAR, you may need to changethe name displayed on you phonefrom KMC_CAR to JOHNS_CAR orKMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity.Refer to your phone User’s Guide, orcontact your cellular carrier or phonemanufacturer for instructions.

SETUP

TUNE

TUNE

SETUP


1444

• Connecting a phoneWhen the Bluetooth® wireless technolo-gy system is enabled, the phone previ-ously used is automatically selected andre-connected. If you want to select differ-ent phone previously paired, the phonecan be selected through “Select Phone”menu.Only a selected phone can be used withthe hands-free system at a time.


➁ Select “Phone”, then “Select” in PHONEmenu.

➂ Select desired phone name from the listshown.

➃ The Bluetooth® wireless technologyicon appears on the upper side of audiodisplay when a phone is connected.

• Changing PriorityIf several phones are paired with theaudio system, the system attempts toconnect following order when theBluetooth® wireless technology systemis enabled:1) “Priority” checked phone.2) Previously connected phone3) Gives up auto connection.


➁ Select “Phone”, then “Priority” in PHONEmenu.

➂ Select desired phone name from thelist shown.

SETUPSETUP

4 145


• Deleting a PhoneThe paired phone can be deleted.- When the phone is deleted, all the infor-

mation associated with that phone isalso deleted (including phonebook).

- If you want to use the deleted phone withthe audio system again, pairing proce-dure must be completed once more.


➁ Select “Phone”, then “Delete” in PHONEmenu.

➂ Select desired phone name from the listshown.

• ADVANCED MenuAfter pressing the button, selectthe “Phone” menu. while in PHONEmenu, select the “Advanced” menu tomake Bluetooth® wireless technologyPhone settings.(The ADVANCED menumay differ according to audio specifica-tions.)

Incoming Volume (call volume adjust-ments)While in ADVANCED menu, select “In Vol.”Use the knob key to set the desired vol-ume and press the button.

Contacts Sync (Automatic Phonebookdownload setting)While in ADVANCED menu, select“Contacts” to automatically save thecontacts and call history in your mobilephone each time you connect a mobiledevice, select ON. If you do not wish forautomatic download, select OFF.It’s not available to make a phone call bybluetooth audio system while the phone-book is being downloaded.

Language of Bluetooth® wireless technol-ogy voice recognitionWhile in ADVANCED menu, press“Language”. To change the language,select the desired language and pressthe button.

Bluetooth® wireless technology sys-tem offWhile in ADVANCED menu, press “BT Off”To turn off the Bluetooth® System.

ENTER

ENTER

SETUP

SETUP


1464

■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth® wireless technologySystem can be activated in the follow-ing conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and saying“cancel” following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing thebutton. When voice recognition hasfailed 3 consecutive times.

• At any time if you say “help”, the systemwill announce what commands areavailable.

■ Menu treeThe menu tree identifies available voicerecognition Bluetooth® wireless technol-ogy functions.

✽✽ Tip■ Voice OperationTo get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowings:- Keep the interior of the vehicle as

quiet as possible. Close the windowto eliminate surrounding noise(traffic noise, vibration sounds,etc), which may disturb recogniz-ing the voice command correctly.

- Speak a command after a beepsound within 5 seconds. Otherwisethe command will not be receivedproperly.

- Speak in a natural voice withoutpausing between words.

- While receiving voice commands,press the button on the steer-ing wheel remote controller to ter-minate guidance. Voice commandwill convert back to waiting modeto allow the user to say a new voicecommand.

Call [Name] Ex) Call John(at Home)

Ex) Dial 911Dial [Number]

Redial

Call Back

Add entryPhonebook

Change name

Delete name

By phone

By voice

Call By name

By number

4 147


■ Making a Phone Call• Direct Calling ➀ Press button.➁ Say the following command.

- Call <John> : Connects the call to John.- Call <John> on <Mobile> : Connects

the call to John’s mobile phone number.- Call <John> at <Home> : Connects

the call to john’s home number.- Call <John> in <Office> : Connects

the call to John’s office number.

Note:Calls can be immediately connectedto contacts who name or voice tag aresaved in the phonebook(or contacts).

• Calling by NameA phone call can be made by speakingnames registered in the audio system.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Call”.➂ Say “By name” when prompted.➃ Say desired name (in Phonebook or

voice tag).➄ Say desired location (phone number

type). Only stored locations can beselected.

➅ Say “Yes” to confirm and make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Call Name”

• Dialing by NumberA phone call can be made by dialing thespoken numbers. The system can recog-nize single digits from zero to nine.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Call”.➂ Say “By number” when prompted.➃ Say desired phone numbers.➄ Say “Dial” to complete the number and

make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:➀ Say “Dial Number”➁ Say “Dial <digit>”


1484

■ Phone Book (In-Vehicle)• Adding entry by voicePhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in thephone can also be transferred.

➀ Press button.➁ Say "Phonebook".

- The system replies with all availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

➂ Say “Add Entry”.➃ Say “By Voice” to proceed.➄ Say the name of the entry when

prompted.➅ Say “Yes” to confirm.➆ Say the phone number of that entry

when prompted.➇ Say “Store” if phone number input is

finished.➈ Say a phone number type. “Home”,

“Work”, “Mobile”, “Other” or “Default” isavailable.

➉ Say “Yes” to complete adding entry.Say “Yes” to store additional locationfor this contact, or say “Cancel” to fin-ish the process.

✽✽ NOTICE- The system can recognize single digits

from zero to nine. Numbers that areten or greater cannot be recognized.

- You can enter each digit individuallyor group digits together in preferredstring lengths.

- To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuous string.

- Recommend to enter the numbersconstituted an grouping within alldigit numbers to dial 995 / 734 / 0000

- The display corresponding to eachoperation appears on the screen as fol-lows:Input operation example:1. Say: “Nine, nine, five”

➟ Display: “995”2. And say: “Seven, three, four”

➟ Display: “995734”

• Adding Entry by Phone➀ Press button.➁ Say "Phonebook".➂ Say "Add Entry" after prompt.➃ Say "By Phone" to proceed.➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.➅ Your phone will start to transfer

phone/contact list to the audio system.This process may take over 10 min-utes depending on the phone modeland number of entries

➆ Wait till the audio displays “TransferComplete” message.

• Changing NameThe registered names can be modified.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Phonebook”.➂ Say “Change Name” after prompt.➃ Say the name of the entry (voice tag).➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.➅ Say new desired name.

11

4 149


• Deleting NameThe registered names can be deleted.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Phonebook”.➂ Say “Delete Name” after prompt.➃ Say the name of the entry (voice tag).➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.

■ Bluetooth® wireless technology AudioSpeaker Adaptation

Speaker adaptation will improve perform-ance of voice recognition system to aparticular user voice.This will degrade the performance forother users.

• Record➀ Press button for 10sec.➁ Say “Record profile”.➂ Say “Yes”.➃ Say the word displayed on Radio.

• Delete➀ Press button for 10sec.➁ Say “Delete profile”.➂ Say “Yes”.

■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG[10sec]

LONG[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

-2nd call

1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

-

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

-

Active

-

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3

4 150


5

Before driving / 5-3ENGINE START/STOP button / 5-5Starting the hybrid system / 5-7Automatic transaxle / 5-9Brake system / 5-14Cruise control system / 5-27Economical operation / 5-31Special driving conditions / 5-33Winter driving / 5-37Vehicle load limit / 5-40Vehicle weight / 5-45

Trailer towing / 5-45



25

Be sure the exhaust system doesnot leak.The exhaust system should be checkedwhenever the vehicle is raised to changethe oil or for any other purpose. If youhear a change in the sound of theexhaust or if you drive over somethingthat strikes the underneath side of thecar, have the exhaust system checked assoon as possible by an authorized Kiadealer.

WARNING - Engineexhaust

Do not inhale exhaust fumes orleave your engine running in aenclosed area for a prolonged time.Exhaust fumes contain carbonmonoxide, a colorless, odorlessgas that can cause unconscious-ness and death by asphyxiation.

WARNING - Open trunk

Do not drive with the trunk open.Poisonous exhaust gases can enterthe passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunkopen proceed as follows:1.Close all windows.2.Open side vents.3.Set the air intake control at

"Fresh", the air flow control at"Floor" or "Face" and the fan atthe highest speed.

5 3


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided inSection 7, “Maintenance”.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Buckle your seat belt.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNING - Distracteddriving

Focus on the road while driving.The driver's primary responsibilityis in the safe and legal operation ofthe vehicle. Use of any handleddevices, other equipment or vehiclesystems that distract the driveshould not be used during vehicleoperation.

WARNING - Check surrounding

Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting avehicle into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).


45

WARNING - Fire riskWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

WARNING - Driving whileintoxicated

Do not drive while intoxicated.Drinking and driving is dangerous.Even a small amount of alcohol willaffect your reflexes, perceptionsand judgment. Driving while underthe influence of drugs is as danger-ous as or more dangerous thandriving drunk.

WARNING - Loose objectSecurely store items in your vehi-cle. When you make a sudden stopor turn the steering wheel rapidly,loose objects may drop on the floorand it could interfere with the oper-ation of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident.

5 5


Illuminated ENGINE START/STOPbuttonWhenever the front door is opened, theENGINE START/STOP button will illumi-nate for your convenience. The light willgo off after about 30 seconds when thedoor is closed.

ENGINE START/STOP buttonpositionOFF

To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position),press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwith the shift lever in the P (Park) posi-tion. When you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button without the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will notchange to the OFF position but to theACC position.In an emergency situation while the vehi-cle is in motion, you are able to turn theengine off and to the ACC position bypressing the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton for more than 2 seconds or 3 timessuccessively within 3 seconds.

ACC(Accessory)

Press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwhile it is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.The steering wheel unlocks and electri-cal accessories are operational.If the ENGINE START/STOP button is inthe ACC position for more than 1 hour,the button is turned off automatically toprevent battery discharge.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

OTF050005

Not illuminated

Orange indicator


65

ON

Press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwhile it is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do not leavethe ENGINE START/STOP button in theON position for a long time. The batterymay discharge, because the engine isnot running.

START/RUN

To start the hybrid system, depress thebrake pedal and press the ENGINESTART/ STOP button with the shift leverin the P (Park) or the N (Normal) position.For your safety, start the hybrid systemwith the shift lever in the P (Park) posi-tion.If you press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton without depressing the brakepedal, the hybrid system will not startand the button will change as follow:OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF

If you leave the ENGINE START/ STOPbutton in the ACC or ON position for along time, the battery will discharge.

Green indicator Not illuminated WARNING - Starting

vehicleNever press the ENGINESTART/STOP button while the vehi-cle is in motion.This would result inloss of directional control and brak-ing function, which could cause anaccident.

5 7


Starting the hybrid system with asmart key (if equipped)1.Carry the smart key or leave it inside

the vehicle.2.Make sure the parking brake is firmly

applied3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P

(Park).4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP but-

ton while depressing the brake pedal.5. In extremely cold weather (below

-18°C (0°F) or after the vehicle has notbeen operated for several days, let theengine warm up without depressingthe accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressing theaccelerator.• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,

if it is far away from you, the enginemay not start.

• When the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton is in the ACC position or above, ifany door is opened, the system checksfor the smart key. If the smart key is notin the vehicle, the warning "Key is notin vehicle" will illuminate on the LCDdisplay. And if all doors are closed, thechime will sound for 5 seconds. Theindicator or warning will turn off whilethe vehicle is moving. Always have thesmart key with you.

STARTING THE HYBRID SYSTEM

WARNING - Unintendedvehicle movement

Never leave the smart key in thevehicle with children or vehicleoccupants who are unfamiliar withthe vehicle operation. Pushing theENGINE START/STOP button whilethe smart key is in the vehicle mayresult in unintended engine activa-tion and/or unintended vehiclemovement.

OTF050007

CAUTIONIf ambient temperature is low, the"READY" symbol may stay illumi-nated longer than the normalamount of time.


85

• If the battery is weak or the smart keydoes not work correctly, you can startthe engine by inserting the smart keyin the smart key holder.

• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, youcan't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. If it isnot possible, you can start the engineby pressing the ENGINE START/STOPbutton for 10 seconds while it is in theACC position. The engine can startwithout depressing the brake pedal.But for your safety always depress thebrake pedal before starting the engine.

Do not press the ENGINE START/ STOPbutton for more than 10 seconds exceptwhen the stop lamp fuse is blown.

OTF050006

WARNINGThe Hybrid system will start onlywhen the smart key is in the vehi-cle. Never allow children or any per-son who is unfamiliar with the vehi-cle to touch the Hybrid systemstart/stop button or related parts.

5 9


Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 6 forwardspeeds and one reverse speed. The indi-vidual speeds are selected automatically,depending on the position of the shiftlever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OTF050010-1

Button

Shift lever

To shift, depress the brake pedal and press the button.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the button when shifting.


105

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

When stopped on an upgrade, do nothold the vehicle with engine power. Usethe service brake or the parking brake.

Transaxle rangesThe indicator light in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever position whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle isin motion will cause the drive wheels tolock which will cause you to lose controlof the vehicle.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift lever isin the P (Park) position; then set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Do not use the P posi-tion in place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift lever islatched in the P position and set theparking brake fully. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed.

CAUTION - TransaxleTo avoid damage to your transaxle,do not accelerate the engine in R(Reverse) or any forward gear posi-tion with the brakes on. Thetransaxle may be damaged if youshift into P (Park) while the vehicleis in motion.

5 11


R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stopped or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly.

CAUTION - ShiftingAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except when “Rocking theVehicle” explained in this section. OTF050012

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

- (DOWN)

Sports mode


125

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once toshift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards onceto shift down one gear.

• In sports mode, the driver must exe-cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift lever tothe R (Reverse) or P (Park) position asrequired.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels of vehi-cle performance and safety, the systemmay not execute certain gearshiftswhen the shift lever is operated.

• When driving on a slippery road, pushthe shift lever forward into the +(up)position. This causes the transaxle toshift into the 2nd gear which is betterfor smooth driving on a slippery road.Push the shift lever to the -(down) sideto shift back to the 1st gear.

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle out of P (Park)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) into R(Reverse):1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.2.Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3.Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

WARNING - Shifting frompark

Always fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle.

5 13


Shift-lock override (with smart key system)If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position intothe R (Reverse) position with the brakepedal depressed, continue depressingthe brake, then do the following:1.Carefully remove the cap covering the

shift-lock access hole (1).2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the

access hole and press down on thekey (or screwdriver).

3.Move the shift lever.4.Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Kia dealer immediately.

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position.

Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P (Park)when the vehicle is in motion.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

Moving up a steep grade from astanding startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

OTF050011


145

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s abil-ity to safely slow down; the vehicle mayalso pull to one side when the brakes areapplied. Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have been affectedin this way.To dry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forward speeduntil brake performance returns to nor-mal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Steep hillbraking

Avoid continuous application of thebrakes when descending a long orsteep hill by shifting to a lowergear. Continuous brake applicationwill cause the brakes to overheatand could result in a temporaryloss of braking performance.

WARNINGIf the brake pedal does not return toits normal position when released,there may be a malfunction in thebrake system. Take your vehicle toan authorized Kia dealer and havethe system checked.

WARNINGDo not turn off the Hybrid systemwhile going down a hill. The brakebooster may not work sufficientlyand the braking distance may belonger.

CAUTION - Brake pedalDo not drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. This will createabnormally high brake tempera-tures which can cause excessivebrake lining and pad wear.

CAUTIONDo not depress the brake pedalcontinuously without READY sta-tus. The battery may be discharged.

5 15


In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes (if equipped). Youmay hear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depress thebrake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Always replace the front or rear brakepads as pairs.

WARNING - Parking brakeAvoid applying the parking brake tostop the vehicle while it is movingexcept in an emergency situation.Applying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

CAUTIONIf the driver’s door is not firmlyclosed for a long time, the auxiliarybattery may be discharged becausethe brake controller keeps thestandby operation. To prevent thebattery discharge, close the doorcertainly.

CAUTION - Replace brakepedal

Do not continue to drive with wornbrake pads. Continuing to drivewith worn brake pads can damagethe braking system and result incostly brake repairs.


165

Parking brake Applying the parking brakeFoot typeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then depress the park-ing brake pedal down as far as possible.

Releasing the parking brakeFoot typeTo release the parking brake, depressthe parking brake pedal a second timewhile applying the foot brake. The pedalwill automatically extend to the fullyreleased position.

OTF050015

WARNING - Brake wearDo not ignore high pinched wearsounds from your brakes. If youignore this audible warning, youwill eventually lose braking per-formance, which could lead to aserious accident.

OTF050017

5 17


Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine).This light will illuminate when theparking brake is applied with the ignitionswitch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is released whilethe hybrid system is in READY state,there may be a malfunction in the brakesystem. Immediate attention is neces-sary.

If at all possible, stop driving the vehicleimmediately. If that is not possible, useextreme caution while operating the vehi-cle and only continue to drive the vehicleuntil you can reach a safe location orrepair shop.

WARNING - Parking brakeuse

All vehicles should always have theparking brake fully engaged whenparking to avoid inadvertent move-ment of the vehicle which caninjure occupants or pedestrians.

W-75


185

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (if equipped)ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidentsdue to improper or dangerous drivingmaneuvers. Even though vehicle controlis improved during emergency braking,always maintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehicle speedsshould always be reduced duringextreme road conditions.The vehicle should be driven at reducedspeeds in the following circumstances:• When driving on rough, gravel or

snow-covered roads• When driving on roads where the road

surface is pitted or has different sur-face heights.

Driving in these conditions increases thestoppinZg distance for your vehicle.

The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion allows the ABS to control the forcebeing delivered to the brakes.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

5 19


The ABS warning light will stay on forapproximately 3 seconds after the igni-tion switch is ON. During that time, theABS will go through self-diagnosis andthe light will go off if everything is normal.If the light stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS but your regularbrakes will work normally. Contact anauthorized Kia dealer as soon as possi-ble.

• When you drive on a road with poortraction, such as an icy road, and oper-ated your brakes continuously, theABS will be active continuously and theABS warning light may illuminate. Pullyour vehicle over to a safe place andstop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABS warninglight is off, then your ABS is normal.Otherwise, you may have a problemwith the ABS. Contact an authorizedKia dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS has malfunctioned.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78


205

Electronic stability control (ESC)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehi-cle during cornering maneuvers. ESCchecks where you are steering andwhere the vehicle is actually going. ESCapplies the brakes on individual wheelsand intervenes with the engine manage-ment system to stabilize the vehicle.

Electronic stability control (ESC) will notprevent accidents. Excessive speed inturns, abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan-ing on wet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe and attentivedriver can prevent accidents by avoidingmaneuvers that cause the vehicle to losetraction. Even with ESC installed, alwaysfollow all the normal precautions for driv-ing - including driving at safe speeds forthe conditions.The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not a sub-stitute for safe driving practices. Factorsincluding speed, road conditions anddriver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective in prevent-ing a loss of control. It is still your respon-sibility to drive and corner at reasonablespeeds and to leave a sufficient marginof safety.

When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

OTF050018

5 21


ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESC off. (ESC OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESC OFFbutton (ESC OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again.

-


225

Indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light illuminates, then goesoff if ESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating or illuminates whenESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comes onwhen the ESC is turned off with the but-ton.Driving with varying tire or wheel sizesmay cause the ESC system to malfunc-tion. When replacing tires, make surethey are the same size as your originaltires.

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC turned

on for daily driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press the

ESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

Never press the ESC OFF button whileESC is operating (ESC indicator lightblinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat-ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

WARNING - Electronic sta-bility control

Drive carefully even though yourvehicle has Electronic StabilityControl. It can only assist you inmaintaining control under certaincircumstances.

5 23


Hill-start assist control (HAC)Hill start Assist Control works to preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards whiledriving from a stop on an inclined sur-face. HAC holds the braking pressurebuilt up during stopping. The brakes areheld for 2 seconds after releasing brakepedal.During the pressure-hold period, thedriver has enough time to press theaccelerator pedal to drive off.The braking pressure is reduced as soonas the system detects the driver’s inten-tion to drive off.

• The HAC does not operate when thetransaxle shift lever is in the P (Park) orN (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even though theESP is off but it does not activate whenthe ESP has malfunctioned.

WARNING - Operating ESCNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may go out ofcontrol.

WARNING - ActivatingHAC

Drivers should pay close attentionwhen activating the HAC. The vehi-cle may roll backward causing anaccident due to insufficient brakehold pressure.


245

Vehicle stability management(VSM)This system provides further enhance-ments to vehicle stability and steeringresponses when a vehicle is driving on aslippery road or a vehicle detectedchanges in coefficient of friction betweenright wheels and left wheels when brak-ing.

VSM operationWhen the VSM is in operation, ESP indi-cator light ( ) blinks.When the vehicle stability managementis operating properly, you can feel a slightpulsation in the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indicates noth-ing unusual.

The VSM does not operate when: • Driving on bank road such as gradient

or incline • Driving rearward• ESP OFF indicator light ( ) remains

on the instrument cluster• EPS indicator light remains on the

instrument cluster

VSM operation offIf you press the ESC OFF button to turnoff the ESC, the VSM will also cancel andthe ESC OFF indicator light ( ) illumi-nates.To turn on the VSM, press the buttonagain. The ESC OFF indicator light goesout.

Malfunction indicatorThe VSM can be deactivated even if youdon’t cancel the VSM operation by press-ing the ESC OFF button. It indicates thata malfunction has been detected some-where in the Electric Power Steering sys-tem or VSM system. If the ESC indicatorlight ( ) or ESC warning light remainson, take your vehicle to an authorized Kiadealer and have the system checked.• The VSM is designed to function above

approximately 15 km/h (9 mph) oncurves.

• The VSM is designed to function aboveapproximately 30 km/h (18 mph) whena vehicle is braking on a split-mu road.The split-mu road is made of surfaceswhich have different friction forces.

5 25


• The Vehicle Stability Management sys-tem is not a substitute for safe drivingpractices but a supplementary functiononly. It is the responsibility of the driverto always check the speed and the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead. Alwayshold the steering wheel firmly whiledriving.

• Your vehicle is designed to activateaccording to the driver’s intention, evenwith installed VSM. Always follow allthe normal precautions for driving atsafe speeds for the conditions – includ-ing driving inclement weather and on aslippery road.

Good braking practices• Check to be sure the parking brake is

not engaged and that the parkingbrake indicator light is out before driv-ing away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Your vehiclewill not stop as quickly if the brakes arewet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicleto pull to one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized Kia dealer for assis-tance.

• Don't coast down hills with the vehicleout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain asafe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because thebrakes might overheat and lose theireffectiveness. It also increases thewear of the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead whileyou slow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let your vehi-cle creep forward. To avoid creepingforward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped.

WARNING - Tire/Wheelsize

When replacing tires and wheels,make sure they are the same sizeas the original tires and wheelsinstalled. Driving with varying tireor wheel sizes may diminish anysupplemental safety benefits of theVSM system.


265

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe vehicle from rolling, block thewheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the shift leverin P (automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the vehiclecannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

5 27


The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without depressing theaccelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).If the cruise control is left on, (CRUISEindicator light in the instrument clusterilluminated) the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keep the cruisecontrol system off (CRUISE indicatorlight OFF) when the cruise control is notin use, to avoid inadvertently setting aspeed.Use the cruise control system only whentraveling on open highways in goodweather.Do not use the cruise control when driv-ing in heavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or wind-ing roads or over 6% up-hill or down-hillroads.

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

✽✽ NOTICETo activate cruise control, depress thebrake pedal at least once after turningthe ignition switch to the ON position orstarting the engine. This is to check ifthe brake switch which is importantpart to cancel cruise control is in normalcondition.

To set cruise control speed:1.Press the CRUISE ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2.Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 40 km/h (25 mph).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Misuse cruisecontrol

Do not use cruise control if the traf-fic situation does not allow you todrive safely at a constant speedand with sufficient distance to thevehicle in front.

OTF050020


285

3.Move the lever (1) down (to SET-), andrelease it at the desired speed. TheSET indicator light in the instrumentcluster will illuminate. Release theaccelerator at the same time. Thedesired speed will automatically bemaintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.6 km/h (1.0mph) each time the lever is operated inthis manner.

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the lever at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.6 km/h (1.0mph) each time the lever is operated inthis manner.

OTF050021 OTF050022 OTF050021

5 29


To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with the cruise control oper-ation or change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Depress the brake pedal.• Depress the clutch pedal with a manu-

al transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 15 km/h (9mph).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, movethe lever up (to RES+). You will return toyour previously preset speed.

OTF050023


305

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 40 km/h(25 mph):If any method other than the CRUISEON-OFF switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when you movethe lever up.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately40 km/h (25 mph).

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Press the CRUISE ON-OFF button

(the CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions will cancel thecruise control operation. If you want toresume the cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To setcruise control speed” on the previouspage.

OTF050022

5 31


Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from a gal-lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your vehicleuses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This canincrease fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components.In addition, driving with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal may cause thebrakes to overheat, which reducestheir effectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condition.For better fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your vehi-cle in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in section 7. If youdrive your vehicle in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required(see section 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the vehicle. Thisextra weight can result in increasedfuel consumption and also contributeto corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your vehicle. Weight reducesfuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in a veryhigh gear resulting in engine bucking. Ifthis happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeed.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION


325

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorized Kiadealer perform scheduled inspectionsand maintenance.

WARNING - Engine offduring motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. In addition, turning off theignition while driving could engagethe steering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering. Keep theengine on and downshift to anappropriate gear for engine brakingeffect.

5 33


Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehi-cle equipped with ABS.• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use

second gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slipmaterial under the drive wheels to pro-vide traction when stalled in ice, snow,or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between 1st (First)and R (Reverse) in vehicles equippedwith a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatic transaxle. Donot race the engine, and spin the wheelsas little as possible. If you are still stuckafter a few tries, have the vehicle pulledout by a tow vehicle to avoid engine over-heating and possible damage to thetransaxle.The ESC system should be turned OFFprior to rocking the vehicle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - DownshiftingDo not downshift with an automatictransaxle while driving on slipperysurfaces.The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skidand result in an accident.

CAUTION - Vehicle rocking

Prolonged rocking may causeengine overheating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.


345

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

OBH058035L OMC035004

WARNING - Sudden vehicle movement

Do not attempt to rock the vehicle ifpeople or objects are nearby. Thevehicle may suddenly move for-ward or backwards as it becomesunstuck.

CAUTION - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damage.

5 35


• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

1JBB3303


365

Highway drivingTires Adjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.Never exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Driving off-roadDrive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks ofroots of trees. Become familiar with theoff-road conditions where you are goingto drive before you begin driving.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both the engine coolant andengine oil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may over-heat the engine.

WARNING - Under/overinflated tires

Always check the tires for properinflation before driving.Underinflated or overinflated tirescan cause poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and sudden tire fail-ure leading to accidents, injuries,and even death. For proper tirepressures, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 8.

WARNING - Tire treadAlways check the tire tread beforedriving your vehicle. Worn-out tirescan result in loss of vehicle control.Worn-out tires should be replacedas soon as possible. For furtherinformation and tread limits, referto "Tires and wheels" in section 7.

5 37


Severe weather conditions in the winterresult in greater wear and other prob-lems. To minimize the problems of winterdriving, you should follow these sugges-tions:

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires on yourtires. If snow tires are needed, it is nec-essary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type of the original equipment tires.Failure to do so may adversely affect thesafety and handling of your car.Furthermore, speeding, rapid accelera-tion, sudden brake applications, andsharp turns are potentially very haz-ardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids. You need to keep sufficient dis-tance between the vehicle in operation infront and your vehicle. Also, apply thebrake gently.

Snow tiresIf you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

1JBB3305


385

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. Never attempt to check the HybridHigh Voltage Battery. The level of chargein your battery can be checked by anauthorized Kia dealer or a service sta-tion.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized Kia dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized Kia dealerand most auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paintfinish.

5 39


Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include, tow straps orchains, flashlight, emergency flares,sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, ablanket, etc.


405

Tire and loading informationlabelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:410 kg (904 lbs.)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OTFH050040N/OTFH050041N/OTFH050042N/OTFH050043N

5 41


Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity:We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trail-er.

Steps For Determining CorrectLoad Limit -1.Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac-ard.

2.Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3.Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4.The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 65 kg(1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68kg (150 lbs.) passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is295 kg (650 lbs.)(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295kg or 1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5.Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your vehi-cle.


425

C190F03JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 385 kg

Weight (849 lbs)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 365 kg

73 kg (161 lbs) × 5(805 Ibs)

CAvailable Cargo and 20 kg

Luggage weight (44 lbs)

A B C

Example 3

C190F02JM




B Weight 340 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 5(750 Ibs)



A B C

Example 2

C190F01JM




B Weight 136 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 2(300 Ibs)



Example 1

A B C

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

5 43


Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

WARNING - Over loading

Never exceed the GVWR foryour vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axle andvehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings canaffect your vehicle’s handlingand braking ability.


445

✽✽ NOTICEOverloading your vehicle may causedamage. Repairs would not be cov-ered by your warranty. Do not over-load your vehicle.

WARNING - Over loading

Do not overload your vehicle.Overloading your vehicle cancause heat buildup in your vehi-cle's tires and possible tire fail-ure, increased stopping dis-tances and poor vehicle han-dling--all of which may result ina crash.

WARNING - Loosecargo

Do not travel with unsecuredblunt objects in the passengercompartment of your vehicle(e.g. suit cases or unsecuredchild seats). These items maystrike occupant during a sud-den stop or crash.

5 45


This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the compliance label:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe compliance label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

VEHICLE WEIGHT TRAILER TOWING

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-3If the engine will not start / 6-4Emergency starting / 6-5If the engine overheats / 6-7Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-8If you have a flat tire (with spare tire and jack) / 6-13If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) / 6-21Towing / 6-27



26

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

OTF040105

6 3


IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVINGIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the vehicle slow down whiledriving straight ahead. Do not apply thebrakes immediately or attempt to pulloff the road as this may cause a loss ofcontrol. When the vehicle has sloweddown to such a speed that it is safe todo so, brake carefully and pull off theroad. Drive off the road as far as possi-ble and park on a firm level ground. Ifyou are on a divided highway, do notpark in the median area between thetwo traffic lanes.

2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers, setthe parking brake and put the transaxlein P.

3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out on theside of the vehicle that is away fromtraffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

If engine stalls while driving1.Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2.Turn on your emergency flashers.3.Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact an author-ized Kia dealer or seek other qualifiedassistance.


46

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIf the engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2.Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3.Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4.Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5.Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1.Check fuel level.2.With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at theignition coil and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be discon-nected or loose.

3.Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized Kia dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

WARNING - Push/pull startDo not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. Push or pull starting maycause the catalytic converter tooverload and create a fire hazard.

6 5


EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow these jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTION - 12 volt batteryUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply(either two 12-volt batteries inseries or a 24-volt motor generatorset).

WARNING - BatteryKeep all flames or sparks awayfrom the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which willexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode.

WARNING - Frozen batteries

Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged battery isfrozen or if the electrolyte level islow as the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - Sulfuric acid risk

When jump starting your vehicle becareful not to get acid on yourself,your clothing or on the vehicle.Automobile batteries contain sulfu-ric acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive.

OTFH050100NDischarged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery


66

1.Make sure the booster battery is 12-volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in another vehi-cle, do not allow the vehicles to touch.

3.Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4.Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of the dis-charged battery (1), then connect theother end to the positive terminal onthe booster battery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, trunk/latch)away from the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part that moveswhen the engine is cranked.Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5.Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

WARNING - Tow startingvehicle

Never tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

6 7


IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you will experience a loss ofpower, or hear loud pinging or knocking,the engine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1.Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2.Place the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming out fromunderneath the hood, stop the engine.Do not open the hood until the coolanthas stopped running or the steaminghas stopped. If there is no visible lossof engine coolant and no steam, leavethe engine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan is operat-ing. If the fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4.Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the vehicle. (If the airconditioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant leaks, stop theengine immediately and call the near-est authorized Kia dealer for assis-tance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized Kia dealer for assistance.

Serious loss of coolant indicates there isa leak in the cooling system and thisshould be checked as soon as possibleby an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Under thehood

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.


86

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequencewill continue upon subsequent vehi-cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function proper-ly.

OTF060001

6 9


If the TPMS indicator does not illumi-nate for 3 seconds when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position orengine is running, or If it comes onafter blinking for approximately oneminute, take your car to your nearestauthorized Kia dealer and have thesystem checked.

Low tire pressure tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicator is illuminat-ed, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated.If the telltale illuminates, immediatelyreduce your speed, avoid hard cor-nering and anticipate increased stop-ping distances. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible.Inflate the tires to the proper pres-sure as indicated on the vehicle’splacard or tire inflation pressure labellocated on the driver’s side center pil-lar outer panel. If you cannot reach aservice station or if the tire cannothold the newly added air, replace thelow pressure tire with the spare tire.Then the Low Tire Pressure telltalemay flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuouslyilluminated after restarting and about20 minutes of continuous drivingbefore you have the low pressure tirerepaired and replaced on the vehicle.

In winter or cold weather, the low tirepressure telltale may be illuminated ifthe tire pressure was adjusted to therecommended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does not meanyour TPMS is malfunctioningbecause the decreased temperatureleads to a proportional lowering oftire pressure.When you drive your vehicle from awarm area to a cold area or from acold area to a warm area, or the out-side temperature is greatly higher orlower, you should check the tire infla-tion pressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflation pres-sure.


106

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an underinflation warning at the same time assystem failure then it will illuminatethe TPMS malfunction indicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized Kia dealer as soon aspossible to determine the cause ofthe problem.The TPMS malfunction indicator maybe illuminated if the vehicle is movingaround electric power supply cablesor radios transmitter such as atpolice stations, government and pub-lic offices, broadcasting stations, mil-itary installations, airports, or trans-mitting towers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

The TPMS malfunction indicator mayilluminate if snow chains or someseparately purchased devices suchas notebook computers, mobilecharger, remote starter, navigationetc. are used in the vehicle. This caninterfere with normal operation of theTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

WARNING - Low pressure damage

Do not drive on low pressuretires. Significantly low tire pres-sure can cause the tires to over-heat and fail making the vehicleunstable resulting in increasedbraking distances and a loss ofvehicle control.

6 11


Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure will come on. Have the flattire repaired by an authorized Kiadealer as soon as possible orreplace the flat tire with the sparetire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedKia dealer.

Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the Low TirePressure Telltale will blink or remainon until the low pressure tire isrepaired and placed on the vehicle.After you replace the low pressuretire with the compact spare tire, theLow Tire Pressure Telltale may blinkor illuminate because the compactspare tire does not have a TPMSsensor.Once the low pressure tire is reinflat-ed to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle or theTPMS sensor mounted on thereplaced spare wheel is initiated byan authorized Kia dealer, the TPMSmalfunction indicator and the low tirepressure telltale will extinguish withina few minutes of driving.If the indicator is not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, pleasevisit an authorized Kia dealer.

If original mounted tire is replacedwith the spare tire, the TPMS sensoron the replaced spare wheel shouldbe initiated and the TPMS sensor onthe original mounted wheel shouldbe deactivated. If the TPMS sensoron the original mounted wheel locat-ed in the spare tire carrier still acti-vates, the tire pressure monitoringsystem may not operate properly.Have the tire with TPMS serviced orreplaced by an authorized Kia deal-er.

CAUTIONNever use a puncture-repairingagent not approved by Kia torepair and/or inflate a low pres-sure tire. The tire sealant notapproved by Kia may damagethe tire pressure sensor. Thesealant on the tire pressure sen-sor and wheel shall be eliminat-ed when you replace the tirewith a new one.


126

You may not be able identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3hour period.Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.The TPMS cannot alert you to severeand sudden tire damage caused byexternal factors such as nails or roaddebris.If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakes gradu-ally and with light force, and slowlymove to a safe position off the road.

✽✽ NOTICETampering with, modifying, or dis-abling the Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) components mayinterfere with the system's ability towarn the driver of low tire pressureconditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modifying,or disabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) compo-nents may void the warranty forthat portion of the vehicle.

This Device complies withIndustry Canada Standards RSS-210.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1.This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2.This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

6 13


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE AND JACK, IF EQUIPPED)

Jack and toolsThe spare tire, jack, jack handle andwheel lug nut wrench are stored inthe luggage compartment.Remove the luggage under tray outof the way to reach the equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

Always move the vehicle completelyoff the road and onto the shoulderbefore trying to change a tire. Thejack should be used on firm levelground. If you cannot find a firm levelplace off the road, call a towing serv-ice company for assistance.Be sure to use the correct front andrear jacking positions on the vehicle;never use the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jack support.

WARNING - JackDo not place any portion of yourbody under a vehicle that isonly supported by a jack sincethe vehicle can easily roll off thejack. Use vehicle supportstands.

WARNING - Changingtires

Never attempt vehicle repairs inthe traffic lanes of a public roador highway.

OTF060002


146

Do not allow anyone to remain in thevehicle while it is on the jack.Make sure any children present arein a secure place away from the roadand from the vehicle to be raised withthe jack.

Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) for manual transaxle orP (Park) for automatic transaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

OED066033

WARNING - Runningvehicle onjack

Do not start or run the engine ofthe vehicle while the vehicle ison the jack as this may causethe vehicle to fall off the jack.

ONF068004

6 15


4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

To prevent vehicle movement whilechanging a tire, always set the park-ing brake fully, and always block thewheel diagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.We recommend that the wheels ofthe vehicle be chocked, and that noperson remain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

1JBA6504 OTFH062004


166

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1.2 in).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

1JBA6025 OTFH062008

6 17


Wheels and wheel covers may havesharp edges. Handle them carefullyto avoid possible injury. Before put-ting the wheel into place, be surethat there is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.)that prevents with the wheel from fit-ting solidly against the hub.

10. To install the wheel, hold it on thestuds, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them fingertight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it iscompletely seated, then tightenthe nuts as much as possiblewith your fingers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise.

Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle.Go around the wheel tighteningevery nut following the numericalsequence shown in the image untilthey are tight. Then double-checkeach nut for tightness. After changingthe wheels, have an authorized Kiadealer tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:9~11 kg.m (65~79 lb.ft)

WARNING - Installing awheel

Make sure the wheel makesgood contact with the hub wheninstalled. If the contact of themounting surface between thewheel and hub is not good, thewheel nuts could come looseand cause the loss of a wheel.Loss of a wheel may result inloss of control of the vehicle.

OTF060007


186

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting the tire pressure. If the capis not replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

Note that most lug nuts do not havemetric threads. Be sure to useextreme care in checking for threadstyle before installing aftermarket lugnuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult anauthorized Kia dealer.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installing thespare tire. Adjust it to the specifiedpressure, if necessary. Refer to“Tires and wheels” in section 8.

CAUTION - Reducing lugnuts

Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Your vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud willnot secure the wheel to the hubproperly and will damage thestud so that it must be replaced.

WARNING - Wheel studsDo not drive your vehicle withdamaged wheel studs. If thestuds are damaged, they maylose their ability to retain thewheel. This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a colli-sion.

6 19


Important - use of compactspare tire (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with acompact spare tire. It takes up lessspace than a regular-size tire. Thistire is smaller than a conventional tireand is designed for temporary useonly.You should drive carefully when thecompact spare is in use. The com-pact spare should be replaced by theproper conventional tire and rim atthe first opportunity.The operation of this vehicle is notrecommended with more than onecompact spare tire in use at thesame time.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).Check the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

WARNING - Spare tireDo not operate your vehicle onthis compact spare at speedsover 80 km/h (50 mph). Thecompact spare tire is for emer-gency use only. The original tireshould be repaired or replacedas soon as is possible to avoidfailure of the spare.


206

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• The compact spare tire should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

6 21


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED)

For safe operation, carefully readand follow the instructions in thismanual before use.(1) Tire Mobility Kit bag(2) Compressor(3) Sealant bottleThe Tire Mobility Kit is a temporaryfix to the tire and the tire should beinspected by an authorized Kia deal-er as soon as possible.

IntroductionWith the Tire Mobility Kit you staymobile even after experiencing a tirepuncture.The system of compressor and seal-ing compound effectively and com-fortably seals most punctures in apassenger car tire caused by nailsor similar objects and reinflates thetire.After you ensured that the tire isproperly sealed you can drive cau-tiously on the tire (distance up to 200km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of80 km/h (50 mph) in order to reach aservice station or tire dealer to havethe tire repaired or replaced.

OEL069019OYFH062021N

CAUTION - One sealantbottle for onetire

The Tire Mobility Kit sealingcompound in the bottle is to beused for one tire only. See yourKia dealership for additionalreplacement sealant bottles.

WARNING - Tire wallDo not use the Tire Mobility Kitto repair punctures in the tirewalls. This can result in an acci-dent due to tire failure.

WARNING - Temporaryfix

Have your tire repaired as soonas possible. The tire may looseair pressure at any time afterinflating with the Tire MobilityKit.


226

It is possible that some tires, especiallywith larger punctures or damage to thesidewall, cannot be sealed completely.Air pressure loss in the tire mayadversely affect tire performance.For this reason, you should avoidabrupt steering or other drivingmaneuvers, especially if the vehicle isheavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.The Tire Mobility Kit is not designedor intended as a permanent tirerepair method and is to be used forone tire only.This instruction shows you step bystep procedure to temporarily sealthe puncture.Read the section "Notes on the safeuse of the Tire Mobility Kit".

Notes on the safe use of theTire Mobility Kit• Park your car at the side of the

road so that you can work with theTire Mobility Kit away from movingtraffic.

• To be sure your vehicle will notmove, even when you're on fairlylevel ground, always set your park-ing brake.

• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit forsealing/inflation passenger cartires. Only punctured areas locatedwithin the tread region of the tirecan be sealed using the tire mobil-ity kit.

• Do not use on motorcycles, bicy-cles or any other type of tires.

• When the tire and wheel are dam-aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kitfor your safety.

• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may notbe effective for tire damage largerthan approximately 6 mm (0.24 in).Please contact the nearest Kiadealership if the tire cannot bemade roadworthy with the TireMobility Kit.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if atire is severely damaged by drivingrun flat or with insufficient air pres-sure.

• Do not remove any foreign objectssuch as nails or screws that havepenetrated the tire.

• Provided the car is outdoors, leavethe engine running. Otherwiseoperating the compressor mayeventually drain the car battery.

• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kitunattended while it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor run-ning for more than 10 min. at a timeor it may overheat.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit ifthe ambient temperature is below -30°C (-22°F).

6 23


0. Speed restriction label1. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel3. Connectors and cable for the

power outlet direct connection

4. Holder for the sealant bottle5. Compressor6. On/off switch7. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tire inflation pressure8. Button for reducing tire inflation

pressure

9. Hose to connect compressor andsealant bottle or compressor andwheel

Connectors, cable and connectionhose are stored in the compressorhousing.

Strictly follow the specifiedsequence, otherwise the sealantmay escape under high pressure.

Components of the Tire Mobility KitOEL069020

WARNING - Expiredsealant

Do not use the Tire sealant afterexpiration date noted on thesealant bottle.This can increasethe risk of tire failure.

WARNING - Sealant• Keep out of reach of children.• Avoid contact with eyes.• Do not swallow.


246

Using the Tire Mobility Kit1.Detach the speed restriction label

(0) from the sealant bottle (1), andplace it in a highly visible placeinside the vehicle such as on thesteering wheel to remind the drivernot to drive too fast.

2.Screw connection hose (9) ontothe connector of the sealant bottle.

3.Ensure that button (8) on the com-pressor is not pressed.

4.Unscrew the valve cap from thevalve of the defective wheel andscrew filling hose (2) of the sealantbottle onto the valve.

5.Insert the sealant bottle into thehousing of the compressor (4)sothat the bottle is upright.

6. Ensure that the compressor isswitched off, position 0.

7. Connect between compressor andthe vehicle power outlet using thecable and connectors.

8. With the engine start/stop buttonposition on or ignition switch posi-tion on, switch on the compressorand let it run for approximately 5~7minutes to fill the sealant up toproper pressure. (refer to the Tireand Wheels, chapter 8). The infla-tion pressure of the tire after fillingis unimportant and will bechecked/corrected later.Be careful not to overinflate the tireand stay away from the tire whenfilling it.

9. Switch off the compressor.10. Detach the hoses from the

sealant bottle connector andfrom the tire valve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-age location in the vehicle.

OEL069019

CAUTION - Tire pressureDo not attempt to drive yourvehicle if the tire pressure isbelow 200 kpa (29 PSI). Thiscould result in an accident dueto sudden tire failure.

WARNING - Carbonmonoxide

Do not leave your vehicle run-ning in a poorly ventilated areafor extended periods of time.Carbon monoxide poisoningand suffocation can occur.

6 25


Distributing the sealant11. Immediately drive approximately

7~10km (4~6miles or, about10min) to evenly distribute thesealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h(50 mph). If possible, do not fallbelow a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph).While driving, if you experience anyunusual vibration, ride disturbance ornoise, reduce your speed and drivewith caution until you can safely pulloff of the side of the road.Call for road side service or towing.When you use the Tire Mobility Kit,the tire pressure sensor valve stemand wheel may be stained bysealant. After use wipe off sealantresdue and inspect. Consult you Kiadealership if necessary.

Checking the tire inflation pres-sure1.After driving approximately 7 ~ 10

km (4 ~ 6 miles or about 10min),stop at a safe location.

2.Connect connection hose (9) of thecompressor directly to the tirevalve.

3.Plug the compressor power cordinto the vehicle power outlet.

4.Adjust the tire inflation pressure tothe recomended tire inflation.With the ignition swithched on, pro-ceed as follows.- To increase the inflation pres-

sure : Switch on the compressor,position I. To check the currentinflation pressure setting, brieflyswitch off the compressor.

✽✽ NOTICEThe pressure gauge may show high-er than actual reading when thecompressor is running. To get anaccurate tire reading, the compres-sor needs to be turned off.

- To reduce the inflation pres-sure: Press the button 8 on thecompressor.


266

Technical DataSystem voltage: DC 12 VWorking voltage: DC 10 - 15 VAmperage rating: max. 15 ASuitable for use at temperatures:

-30 ~ +70°C (-22 ~ +158°F)Max. working pressure:

6 bar (87 psi)Size Compressor: 168 x 150 x 68 mm

(6.6 x 5.9 x 2.7 in.)Sealant bottle: 104 x ø 85 mm

(4.1 x ø 3.3 in.)Compressor weight:

1.05 kg (2.31 lbs)Sealant volume:

300 ml (18.3 cu. in.)

CAUTION - Tire pressuresensor

When you use the Tire MobilityKit including sealant notapproved by Kia, the tire pres-sure sensors may be damagedby sealant. The sealant on thetire pressure sensor and wheelshould be removed when youreplace the tire with a new oneand inspect the tire pressuresensors in authorized dealer.

6 27


TOWING

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truckservice. Proper lifting and towing proce-dures are necessary to prevent damageto the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies orflatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

CAUTION - TOWING

• Do not tow the vehicle backwardswith the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

OMC045012

A

B

C

dolly

HXD02

HXD03

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-3Owner maintenance / 7-5Scheduled maintenance service / 7-7Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-19Engine oil / 7-22Coolant / 7-24Brake fluid / 7-28Washer fluid / 7-29Parking brake / 7-29Air cleaner / 7-30Climate control air filter / 7-31Wiper blades / 7-32Battery / 7-35Tires and wheels / 7-38Fuses / 7-51

Appearance care / 7-61Emission control system / 7-68

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OYFH071001

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Sub relay box

2. Engine coolant reservoir

3. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

4. Radiator cap

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Engine oil filler cap

7. Brake fluid reservoir

8. Air cleaner

9. Fuse box

10. Inverter coolant

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized Kia dealer performthis work.An authorized Kia dealer has factory-trained technicians and genuine Kiaparts to service your vehicle properly. Forexpert advice and quality service, see anauthorized Kia dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility. You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been per-formed on your vehicle in accordancewith the scheduled maintenance servicecharts shown on the following pages.You need this information to establishyour compliance with the servicing andmaintenance requirements of your vehi-cle warranties.Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Warranty & ConsumerInformation manual.

Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized Kia dealer. An authorized Kia dealermeets Kia’s high service quality stan-dards and receives technical supportfrom Kia in order to provide you with ahigh level of service satisfaction.

Maintenance

47

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized Kia dealer with special tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Warranty & ConsumerInformation manual provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING - Maintenancework

Do not wear jewelry or loose cloth-ing while working under the hoodof your vehicle with the engine run-ning. These can become entangledin moving parts, if you must run theengine while working under thehood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especially rings,bracelets, watches, and necklaces)and all neckties, scarves, and simi-lar loose clothing before gettingnear the engine or cooling fans.

WARNING When you open the engine hood,turn the Hybrid system off. If not, itmay result in death or seriousinjury because of the high voltageflow.

WARNING After repair of the hydraulic brakesystem, the air must be bled fromthe system. Contact yourAuthorized Kia Dealer for bleedingof the brake system.

7 5

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized Kia dealer atthe frequencies indicated to help ensuresafe, dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check the automatic transaxle P(Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

• Check inverter coolant.

WARNING - Hot coolantBe careful when checking yourengine or inverter coolant levelwhen the engine is hot. Scaldinghot coolant and steam may blowout under pressure.

Maintenance

67

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check the radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check the windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean the wiperblades with clean cloth dampened withwasher fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

At least once a year :• Clean the body and door drain holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,

and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.• Check the drive belt.

7 7

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal MaintenanceSchedule if the vehicle is usually operat-ed where none of the following conditionsapply. If any of the following conditionsapply, follow the Maintenance UnderSevere Usage Conditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 32°C(90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 120 months or 240,000 km(150,000 miles) continue to follow theprescribed maintenance intervals.

Maintenance

87

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.

24,000 km or 12 months

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect HSG belt (24,000 km or 24 months)❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

(Continued)

(Continued)❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter (24,000 km or 24 months)❑ Add fuel additive *1 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months)


❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect HSG belt (36,000 km or 36 months)❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace engine oil and filter (36,000 km or 36 months)❑ Add fuel additive *1 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months)



*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of addi-tive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorizedKia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mixother additives.

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

7 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)60,000 km or 30 months


*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenancefree but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenanceschedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safe-ty matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hardstarting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardlessof maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer fordetails.




❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect fuel filter *1

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1

❑ Inspect HSG belt (48,000 km or 48 months)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace climate control air filter


Maintenance

107


❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect HSG belt (72,000 km or 72 months)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace climate control air filter






7 11

Maintenance


❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake fluid❑ Inspect fuel filter *1


❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect valve clearance *2

❑ Inspect W/pump belt (auto-tensioner, HSG, w/pump)(First, 96,000 km or 72 months after every 24,000 km or24 months)

❑ Inspect inverter coolant hose❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter (96,000 km or 96 months)

(Continued)

(Continued) ❑ Replace HSG belt (96,000 km or 48 months)❑ Add fuel additive *3 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months)



NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)


*2 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration andadjust if necessary.



Maintenance

127



joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect W/pump belt (auto-tensioner, HSG, w/pump)

(First, 96,000 km or 72 months after every 24,000 km or 24 months)

❑ Inspect inverter coolant hose❑ Replace climate control air filter






7 13

Maintenance







❑ Inspect HSG belt (144,000 km or 144 months)❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect W/pump belt (auto-tensioner, HSG, w/pump)



(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter

(Continued)




(Continued) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (144,000 km or 144 months)❑ Add fuel additive *2 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months)

Maintenance

147



joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect W/pump belt (auto-tensioner, HSG, w/pump)



(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter (168,000 km or 168 months)❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)❑ Add fuel additive *1 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months)





15

Maintenance




❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect valve clearance *2


❑ Inspect inverter coolant hose❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Replace engine coolant (First, 192,000 km or 120 monthsafter every 48,000 km or 24 months)

❑ Replace inverter coolant (First, 192,000 km or 120 monthsafter every 48,000 km or 24 months)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (192,000 km or 192 months)❑ Replace HSG belt (192,000 km or 96 months)❑ Add fuel additive *3 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months)


*2 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration andadjust if necessary.



7

Maintenance

167



❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect HSG belt (216,000 km or 216 months)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

(Continued)





(Continued)






7 17

Maintenance




❑ Inspect HSG belt (240,000 km or 240 months)❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect W/pump belt (auto-tensioner, HSG, w/pump)



(for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter

(Continued)

(Continued)❑ Replace engine oil and filter (240,000 km or 240 months)❑ Replace engine coolant (First, 192,000 km or 120 months

after every 48,000 km or 24 months)❑ Replace inverter coolant (First, 192,000 km or 120 months

after every 48,000 km or 24 months)❑ Add fuel additive *2 (Every 12,000 km or 12 months)


No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transaxle fluid




Maintenance

187

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km in normal tempera-

ture or less than 16 km in freezing temperatureB - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weatherE - Driving in sandy areas

F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditionsL - Frequently driving in rainy areas

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 6,000 KM OR 6 MONTHS A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY B, H

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 96,000 KM A, C, E, F, G, I

HSG BELTR EVERY 48,000 KM or 24 MONTHS C, D, E, K, L

I EVERY 6,000 KM or 6 MONTHS C, D, E, K, L

FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS, CALIPERS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, F

PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALLJOINT

I EVERY 12,000 KM OR 6 MONTHS C, D, E, F, G, H, I

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

7 19

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized Kia dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized Kia dealer replace anydamaged or leaking parts immediately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

Vacuum hose and crankcase ven-tilation hosesInspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present.Hoses should be replaced immediately ifthere is any evidence of deterioration ordamage.

Maintenance

207

Air cleaner filterA Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom-mended when the filter is replaced.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

Valve clearance Inspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized Kia dealer should performthe operation.

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components, suchas radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

CoolantThe engine and inverter coolant shouldbe changed at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid Automatic transaxle fluid should not bechecked under normal usage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at an authorized Kia dealerin accordance to the scheduled mainte-nance at the beginning of this chapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color is basi-cally red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatictransaxle fluid will begin to look darker.This is a normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replace thefluid based upon the changed color.

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake pedal and cables.

7 21

Maintenance

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

Maintenance

227

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level 1.Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2.Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3.Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4.Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

5.Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

CAUTION - Replace engineoil

Do not overfill with engine oil.Engine damage may result.

OYFH071003N

CAUTIONDo not spill engine oil, when addingor changing engine oil. If you dropthe engine oil on the engine room,wipe it off immediately.

OYFH071004N

7 23

Maintenance

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized Kia dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

Maintenance

247

COOLANT

Inverter coolantThe high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level everyday.If it is near or at MIN, add enough coolantbetween MIN and MAX and check thecooling system for air bleed at an author-ized Kia dealer.

Engine coolantThe high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level per every day, at the begin-ning of the winter season, and beforetraveling to a colder climate.

Checking the coolant level

OYFH071070N-1

CAUTIONWhen adding coolant, be carefulnot to overfill.

WARNINGRemoving radiatorcap and invertercoolant cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap and/or inverter coolantcap while the engine is operatingor hot. Doing so might lead tocooling system and engine dam-age and could result in seriouspersonal injury from escapinghot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

CAUTIONDo not confuse the cap of enginecoolant and inverter coolant. If not,the coolant circulation problem ofengine or Hybrid system may occurbecause the cap pressure is differ-ent.

7 25

Maintenance

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water to provide pro-tection against freezing and corrosion.Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. Iffrequent additions are required, see anauthorized Kia dealer for a cooling sys-tem inspection.

(Continued)• The engine coolant level is influ-

enced by hybrid system tempera-ture. Before filling the enginecoolant and/or inverter coolant,turn the hybrid vehicle off, fill theengine coolant and/or invertercoolant carefully.

• Turn the engine off and wait untilit cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap and/or inverter or the drainplug while the engine and radia-tor are hot. Hot coolant andsteam may still blow out underpressure, causing serious injury.

OYFH071005N

WARNING The electronic motor(cooling fan) is con-trolled by enginecoolant temperature,refrigerant pressure and

vehicle speed. It may sometimesoperate even when the engine isnot running. Use extreme cautionwhen working near the blades ofthe cooling fan so that you are notinjured by the rotating fan blades.As the engine coolant temperaturedecreases, the electric motor willautomatically shut off.This is a nor-mal condition.

Maintenance

267

Recommended engine and invertercoolant• When adding coolant, use only deion-

ized water or soft water for your vehicleand never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improp-er coolant mixture can result in seriousmalfunction or engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

OYFH071006N-1/OYFH071070N-1

Radiator cap

Inverter coolant cap

7 27

Maintenance

Changing the coolantHave engine and inverter coolantchanged by an authorized Kia dealeraccording to the Maintenance Scheduleat the beginning of this section.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap and/or invertercoolant cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as the generator.

WARNINGRadiator cap &Inverter coolant cap

Do not remove the radiator capand/or inverter coolant cap whenthe engine and radiator are hot.Scalding hot coolant and steammay blow out under pressure caus-ing serious injury.

Maintenance

287

BRAKE FLUID

Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake fluid, clean the area aroundthe reservoir cap thoroughly to preventbrake fluid contamination.

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake liningsand/or clutch disc (if equipped). If thefluid level is excessively low, have thebrake system checked by an authorizedKia dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capac-ities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

In the event the brake system requiresfrequent additions of fluid, the vehicleshould be inspected by an authorized Kiadealer.

When changing and adding brake fluid,handle it carefully. Do not let it come incontact with your eyes. If brake fluidshould come in contact with your eyes,immediately flush them with a largequantity of fresh tap water. Have youreyes examined by a doctor as soon aspossible.

Brake fluid, which has been exposed toopen air for an extended time shouldnever be used as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be disposed ofproperly.

CAUTION - Brake fluidDo not allow brake fluid to contactthe vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result.

CAUTION - Proper fluidOnly use brake fluid in brake sys-tem. Small amounts of improper flu-ids (such as engine oil) can causedamage to the brake system.

OTF070008

7 29

Maintenance

Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the parking brake Check whether the stroke is within spec-ification when the parking brake pedal isdepressed with 20 kg (44 lb, 196 N) offorce. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade.

WARNING - Windshieldfluid

Do not drink the windshield washerfluid.The windshield washer fluid ispoisonous to humans and animals.

WARNING - Flammablefluid

Do not allow the washer fluid tocome in contact with open flamesor sparks. The windshield washerfluid clan is flammable under cer-tain circumstances. This can resultin a fire.

WASHER FLUID

OTF070010

PARKING BRAKE

OTF050015

Maintenance

307

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

AIR CLEANER

OTF070011

CAUTION - Air filter maintenance

• Do not drive with the air cleanerremoved; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a Kia genuine part. Use ofnongenuine part could damagethe air flow sensor.

7 31

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter should bereplaced according to the MaintenanceSchedule. If the vehicle is operated inseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.

Maintenance

327

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspectionCommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, do not attempt tomove the wipers manually.The use of a non-specified wiper bladecould result in wiper malfunction and fail-ure.

Front windshield wiper bladeType A

1.Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiperblade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

1JBA5122

CAUTION - Wiper bladesTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

1LDA5023

CAUTION - Wiper armsDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

7 33

Maintenance

2.Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3.Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

Type B1.Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

✽✽ NOTICEDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield

2.Open the cover of the blade.3.Compress the clip behind the wiper

arm and lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly until it clicks

into place5.Close the cover of blade.6.Place back the wiper arm to the proper

position.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

OED070112

OED070113

OED070114

Maintenance

347

Type C1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift upthe blade clip.

3. Push the clip (1) and push up thewiper arm (2).

4. Push down the wiper arm (3) andinstall the new blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

OHM078059

OSBL071001

OSBL071003

OSBL071002

7 35

Maintenance

BATTERY

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Risk of explosion

Keep Lit cigarettes and allother flames or sparksaway from the battery.The battery contains hydro-gen -- a highly combustiblegas, which will explode if itcomes in contact with aflame or spark.

WARNING - Sulfuric acidin batteries

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACIDand electrolytes. Do notallow battery acid to con-tact your skin, eyes, cloth-ing or paint finish.Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

OTF070016

Maintenance

367

Always read the followinginstructions carefully when han-dling a battery.If any electrolyte gets into youreyes, flush your eyes with cleanwater for at least 15 minutes andget immediate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contactedarea. If you feel pain or burningsensation, get medical attentionimmediately.An inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the envi-ronment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.The battery contains lead. Donot dispose of it after use.Please return the battery to anauthorized Kia dealer to be recy-cled.

When you don’t use the vehicle for a longtime in the low temperature area, sepa-rate the battery and keep it indoors.

WARNING - Recharging battery

Never attempt to recharge the bat-tery when the battery cables areconnected.

WARNING - Risk of elec-trocution

Never touch the electrical ignitionsystem while the vehicle is run-ning. This system works with highvoltage which can "zap" you.

7 37

Maintenance

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

When recharging the battery, observethe following precautions:• The battery must be removed from the

vehicle and placed in an area withgood ventilation.

• Watch the battery during charging, andstop or reduce the charging rate if thebattery cells begin gassing (boiling)violently or if the temperature of theelectrolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C(120°F).

• Wear eye protection when checkingthe battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger in thefollowing order.1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp from the

negative battery terminal.3. Unhook the positive clamp from the

positive battery terminal.• Before performing maintenance or

recharging the battery, turn off allaccessories and stop the engine.

• The negative battery cable must beremoved first and installed last whenthe battery is disconnected.

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

Maintenance

387

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire infla-tion pressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire under-inflation

Inflate your tires consistent withthe instructions provided in thismanual. Severe underinflation(70 kPa (10 psi) or more) canlead to severe heat build-up,causing blowouts, tread separa-tion and other tire failures thatcan result in the loss of vehiclecontrol.This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OMG055004

7 39

Maintenance

• Underinflation also results inexcessive wear, poor handling andreduced fuel economy. Wheeldeformation also is possible. Keepyour tire pressures at the properlevels. If a tire frequently needsrefilling, have it checked by anauthorized Kia dealer.

• Overinflation produces a harshride, excessive wear at the centerof the tire tread, and a greater pos-sibility of damage from road haz-ards.

• Warm tires normally exceed rec-ommended cold tire pressures by 4to 28 to 41 kPa (6 psi). Do notrelease air from warm tires toadjust the pressure or the tires willbe underinflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflationvalve caps. Without the valve cap,dirt or moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage. Ifa valve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Always observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the tires

are cold. (After vehicle has beenparked for at least three hours orhasn't been driven more than 1.6km (1 mile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of your sparetire each time you check the pres-sure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle. Becareful not to overload a vehicleluggage rack if your vehicle isequipped with one.

Checking tire inflation pres-sureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Maintenance

407

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

• Inspect your tires frequently forproper inflation as well as wear anddamage. Always use a tire pres-sure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly causingpoor handling, loss of vehicle con-trol, and sudden tire failure leadingto accidents, injuries, and evendeath. The recommended cold tirepressure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and on the tirelabel located on the driver's sidecenter pillar.

• Remember to check the pressureof your spare tire. Kia recommendsthat you check the spare everytime you check the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

7 41

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

Rotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right to left.Do not use the compact spare tire fortire rotation.

Wheel alignment and tire bal-ance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

WARNING - Mixing tiretypes

Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances.This may cause unusu-al handling characteristics.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)

CAUTION - Wheelweight

Improper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

Maintenance

427

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

The ABS works by comparing thespeed of the wheels. Tire size canaffect wheel speed. When replacingtires, all 4 tires must use the samesize originally supplied with the vehi-cle. Using tires of a different size cancause the ABS (Anti-lock BrakeSystem) and ESC (ElectronicStability Control) (if equipped) towork irregularly.

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator

7 43

Maintenance

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.A wheel that is not the correct sizemay adversely affect wheel andbearing life, braking and stoppingabilities, handling characteristics,ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-ance, snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer calibra-tion, headlight aim and bumperheight.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road, toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

CAUTION - WheelWheels that do not meet Kia'sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handling andpoor vehicle control.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

447

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P205/65R16 94H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

205 - Tire width in millimeters.65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).16 - Rim diameter in inches.

94 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.5JX16

6.5 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.16 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger vehicles. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

7 45

Maintenance

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2009.

4. Tire ply composition and mate-rial

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

WARNING - Tire ageReplace tires within the recom-mended time frame. Failure toreplace tires as recommendedcan result in sudden tire failure,which could lead to a loss ofcontrol and an accident.

Maintenance

467

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

Tires degrade over time, even whenthey are not being used. Regardlessof the remaining tread, we recom-mend that tires be replaced afterapproximately six (6) years of nor-mal service. Heat caused by hot cli-mates or frequent high loading con-ditions can accelerate the agingprocess.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tires ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak traction char-acteristics.

7 47

Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

Tire terminology and defini-tionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatictransaxle, power seats, and air con-ditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Maintenance

487

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 68 kg(150 pounds).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

7 49

Maintenance

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire dueto curb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires Kia specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions. Kia recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4psi) more air pressure than the pres-sure recommended for the standardtires on the tire label on the driver'sside of the center pillar, or up to themaximum pressure shown on the tiresidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75mph) when your vehicle is equippedwith snow tires.

Maintenance

507

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.

Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

7 51

Maintenance

FUSESA vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment nearthe battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse willmelt.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized Kia dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and multi fuse for higher amperage rat-ings.

✽✽ NOTICEThe actual fuse/relay panel label maydiffer from equipped items.

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or aluminumfoil instead of the proper fuse -even as a temporary repair. It maycause extensive wiring damageand a possible fire.

CAUTION - Fuse replacement

Do not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

OLM079051N

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Multi fuse

Main fuse

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

Maintenance

527

Instrument panel fuse replacement1.Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2.Open the fuse panel cover.

3.Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4.Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5.Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kiadealer.

If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigar lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse to prevent battery discharge if yourvehicle is parked without being operatedfor prolonged periods. Use the followingprocedures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.1.Turn off the engine.2.Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3.Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

OTF070019

OTF070017

OTF070018

7 53

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even when the memory fuse is pulledup, the battery can still be dischargedby operation of the headlights or otherelectrical devices.

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1.Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2.Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling up the cover.3.Check the removed fuse; replace it if it

is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4.Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedKia dealer.

CAUTION - Fuse panel covers

After checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover to pre-vent electrical failures which mayoccur from water leaking in.

OTF070020

Maintenance

547

Multi fuseIf the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1.Remove the fuse panel in the engine

compartment.2.Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3.Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4.Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Oil pump cooling fuse/Cooling fan fuseIf the oil pump cooling fuse or cooling fanfuse is blown, it must be removed as fol-lows:1.Turn off the engine.2.Disconnect the negative battery cable.3.Remove the fuse panel on the right

side in the engine compartment.4.Replace the fuse with a new one of the


removal.

Sub-relay fuseIf the sub-relay fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1.Turn off the engine.2.Disconnect the negative battery cable.3.Replace the fuse with a new one of the


removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the multi or starting fuse is blown,consult an authorized Kia dealer.

OVG079022 OTFH070072NOYFH071021N

7 55

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Inner fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel

OTF070023/OYF071071N/OTFH070071N

Sub-relay box

Maintenance

567

Inner fuse panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

Description Fuse rating Protected componentMODULE 3 7.5A Sport Mode Switch, Natural Vacuum Leak Detection, VESS Unit

PDM 1 25A Smart Key Control Module

POWER OUTLET 15A Front Power Outlet

MODULE 5 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Relay LH/RH

MODULE 2 7.5A BCM, Panorama Sunroof, Rain Sensor

TRUNK 10A I/P Junction Box (Trunk Lid Relay), Fuel Filler Door & Trunk Lid Switch, Trunk Room Lamp

CLOCK 10AA/V & Navigation Head Unit, Audio, Smart Key Control Module, Overhead Console Lamp, Crash Pad Mood Lamp, VESS Unit,A/C Control Module, BCM, AMP, Power Outside Mirror Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp

C/LIGHTER 15A Cigarette Lighter

HTD STRG 15A Steering Wheel Heater

A/CON 7.5AA/C Control Module, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay, Water Pump Relay), Electronic A/C Compressor

WIPER 25A Multifunction Switch, Front Wiper Motor, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Wiper Relay, Rain SNSR Relay)

S/HEATER FRT 20A Driver/Passenger CCS Cushion Warmer, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module

E_WATER_PUMP 10A Hybrid Water Pump

HTD MIRR 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

MODULE 4 HEV 7.5AMCU, Hydraulic Power Unit, Low Voltage DC-DC Converter, BMS Control Module, Active Air Flap

A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster (Air Bag IND.)

START 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch, Hybrid Control Unit

S/HEATER RR 15A Rear Seat Warmer Relay LH/RH

P/SEAT PASS 20A Passenger Seat Manual Switch

7 57

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component

MODULE 1 7.5A

Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Driver IMS Module, BCM, Front Seat Warmer & CCS Switch, Driver/Passenger CCS Control Module, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Audio,A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Lane Keeping Assist Module, Instrument Cluster

HCU 20A Hybrid Control Unit

A/BAG 15A Telltale Lamp, SRS Control Module, Passenger Weight Classification Sensor

P/WDW LH 25A I/P Junction Box (Power Window LH Relay), Driver Safety Power Window Module

AMP 30A AMP

PDM 2 7.5A Start Stop Button Switch, Smart Key Control Module, Fob Holder, Stop Lamp Switch

BMS 10A BMS Control Module

MDPS 10A EPS Control Module, Crash Pad Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, ATM Lever Indicator

PDM 3 7.5A Smart Key Control Module

P/WDW RH 25A I/P Junction Box (Power Window RH Relay), Passenger Safety Power Window Module

P/SEAT DRV 30A Driver IMS Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver Lumbar Support Switch

DR LOCK 20ATwo Turn Unlock Relay, I/P Junction Box (Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Turn Signal Lamp Sound Relay)

SUNROOF 20A Panorama Sunroof

IG 1 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Fuse : ESC 3 10A, TCU 2 15A, ECU 4 10A, OPCU 2 10A)

POWERCONNECTOR

AUDIO 15A A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Audio

ROOM LP 10A

Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Driver IMS Module, Lamp Auto Cut Relay,Driver/Passenger Door Scuff Lamp, A/C Control Module, Data Link Connector, RF Receiver,BCM, Electro Chromic Mirror, Instrument Cluster, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module

Maintenance

587

Engine compartment main fuse panel


MULTIFUSE

IP B+ 260A

I/P Junction Box (P/SEAT DRV 30A, P/SEAT PASS 20A, AMP 30A, PDM 2 7.5A, IPS 5, IPS 6, ARISU 2)

AHB 1 60A Hydraulic Power Unit

IGN 2 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (PDM 3 (IG 2) Relay)

ESC 1 40A ESC Module

RR HTD 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RR HTD Relay)

BLOWER 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay)

IP B+ 1 60AI/P Junction Box (PDM 1 25A, MODULE 3 7.5A, S/HEATER FRT 20A, S/HEATER RR 15A,TRUNK 10A, P/WDW LH 25A, P/WDW RH 25A), Power Connector (AUDIO 15A))

MDPS 80A EPS Control Module

FUSE

WIPER 10A PCM

RR HTD IND 10A A/C Control Module

OPCU 1 20A Electric Oil Pump Unit

INVERTER 10A MCU, Low Voltage DC-DC Converter, Active Air Flap

TCU 1 20A PCM

STOP LP 15A Hybrid Fuse & Relay Box (HAC Relay), Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Relay

DEICER 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Deicer Relay)

WATER PUMP 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Water Pump Relay)

BMS C/FAN 20A BMS Blower Motor Relay

IP B+ 3 50AI/P Junction Box (Power Connector (ROOM LP 10A), SUNROOF 20A, DR LOCK 20A, BMS 10A,IPS 1, IPS 3, ARISU 1)

ESC 2 30A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Module

HCU 20A Hybrid Control Unit

AHB 2 30A Hydraulic Power Unit

7 59

Maintenance


FUSE

C/FAN (LO) 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (C/Fan(LO) Relay)

IGN 1 40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (PDM 1(ACC) Relay, PDM 2(IG 1) Relay)

EMS 40A EMS Box (HORN 15A, ECU 3 10A, ECU 1 30A, F/PUMP 20A)

ECU 4 10A PCM

TCU 2 15A Transaxle Range Switch

ESC 3 10AHybrid Fuse & Relay Box (HAC Relay), Stop Lamp Switch, ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

B/UP LP10A

A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Audio, Electro Chromic Mirror, BCM, Rear Combination Lamp(IN) LH/RH

OPCU 2 10A Hybrid Fuse & Relay Box (OPCU Relay), Electric Oil Pump Unit

Maintenance

607

Engine compartment sub fuse panel (Sub-relay box)

Engine compartment main fuse panel (Engine junction fuses)

Description Fuse rating Protected componentOPCU 80A OPCU Relay

C/FAN 60A C/FAN HI Relay

Relay No. Relay Name TypeE41 RR HTD Relay PLUG MICRO

E42 PDM 1 (ACC) Relay PLUG MICRO

E43 Water Pump Relay PLUG MICRO

E44 C/FAN (LO) Relay PLUG MICRO

E47 Deicer Relay PLUG MICRO

E49 PDM 2 (IG1) Relay PLUG MICRO

E50 PDM 3 (IG2) Relay PLUG MICRO

E51 Wiper Relay PLUG MICRO

E52 Rain SNSR Relay PLUG MICRO

E53 B/Horn Relay PLUG MICRO

E54 Blower Relay PLUG MICRO

7 61

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.After washing the vehicle, test the brakeswhile driving slowly to see if they havebeen affected by water. If braking per-formance is impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly while maintaining aslow forward speed.

WARNINGDo not wash the engine compart-ment and trunk with water. Thehybrid system is located in theengine compartment and trunk. Ifwater enters the engine or hybridbattery in the trunk, electric shocksor burns may result in seriousinjury or death.

Maintenance

627

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.If your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

CAUTION - Wetting engine• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

CAUTION - Drying vehicle• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

7 63

Maintenance

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

Aluminum or chrome wheel mainte-nance The aluminum or chrome wheels arecoated with a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum or chromewheels. They may scratch or damagethe finish.

• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-

gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or acid deter-gent. It may damage and corrode thealuminum or chrome wheels coatedwith a clear protective finish.

Maintenance

647

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces vehicles of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thevehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your vehicleis regularly exposed to corrosive materi-als, corrosion protection is particularlyimportant. Some of the common causesof accelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the vehicle surfaces bymoisture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because itdries slowly and holds moisture in con-tact with the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your vehicleclean and free of mud or accumulationsof other materials. This applies not onlyto the visible surfaces but particularly tothe underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your vehicle clean and free of cor-rosive materials. Attention to the under-side of the vehicle is particularly impor-tant.• If you live in a high-corrosion area —

where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your vehicleat least once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

7 65

Maintenance

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your vehiclein the garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting and cause corrosion.Check under the mats periodically to besure the carpeting is dry. Use particularcare if you carry fertilizers, cleaningmaterials or chemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Maintenance

667

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions for the prop-er way to clean vinyl.

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.Using anything but recommended clean-ers and procedures may affect the fab-ric’s appearance and fire-resistant prop-erties.

CAUTION - Electrical components

Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTION - LeatherWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colorof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

7 67

Maintenance

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTION - Rear windowsDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

Maintenance

687

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Warranty &Maintenance booklet in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your vehicleinspected and maintained by an author-ized Kia dealer in accordance with themaintenance schedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) sys-tem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

7 69

Maintenance

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warmsup during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

3. Exhaust emission control sys-tem

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage, bat-tery discharge and fire. For your safety,do not use unauthorized electronicdevices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.

Maintenance

707

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:

• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-line engines.

• Do not operate the vehicle when thereare signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorized Kiadealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thecatalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - Fire• Do not park, idle or drive the vehi-

cle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegeta-tion, paper, leaves, etc. A hotexhaust system can ignite flam-mable items under your vehicle.

• Also, do not remove the heat sinkaround the exhaust system, donot seal the bottom of the vehicleor do not coat the vehicle for cor-rosion control. It may present afire risk under certain conditions.

WARNING - Catalytic converter

Keep away from the catalytic con-verter and exhaust system whilethe vehicle is running or immedi-ately thereafter. The exhaust andcatalytic systems are very hot andmay burn you.

Engine / 8-2Capacity/weight / 8-2Battery / 8-2Air conditioning / 8-2Dimensions / 8-3Bulb wattage / 8-3Tires and wheels / 8-4Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-5Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-7Vehicle certification label / 8-7Tire specification and pressure label / 8-8Engine number / 8-8Refrigerant label / 8-8

Specifications, Consumer information,Reporting safety defects 8

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

28

CAPACITY/WEIGHT

Item

Displacement

Bore x Stroke

Firing order

No. of cylinders

Gasoline (2.4)

2359 cc (143.96 cu.in)

88 x 97 mm (3.46 x 3.82 in.)

1-3-4-2

4, In-line

ENGINE BATTERY

Gross vehicle weight

kg (lbs.)

Gasoline (2.4)

2080 (4586)

280 (9.9)

Item

Luggage volume

l (cu ft)

A/T

Item

Battery pack voltage

Cell voltage

Cell and module

configuration

Battery system weight

Dimensions

Hybrid

270V

3.75V

72 cells (9 modules x 8 cells

per module)

42 kg (93 Ibs.) (system)

54.4L (211*355*726)

AIR CONDITIONING

Refrigerant type

Compressor oil

R - 134a

PVE (Poly Vinyl Ether)

Components powered by the battery pack- Electric motor, Power cable, HSG, Inverter/LDC,

A/C Compressor

8 3


Item mm (in.)

Overall length 4845 (190.7)

Overall width 1830 (72.0)

Overall height 1450 (57.1)

Front tread 1601 (63.0)*1/1595 (62.8)*2

Rear tread 1601 (63.0)*1/1595 (62.8)*2

Wheelbase 2795 (110.0)

BULB WATTAGE

* : If equipped

*1 : with R16 tire*2 : with R17 tire

DIMENSIONS

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb Type

Headlights (Low) 55 or 35 (HID) H11B/D1S

Headlights (High) 55 H7

Front turn signal 27 27/8W

Front side marker 5 W5W

Position light (with T/Sig) 8 8W

Side repeater light* LED LED

Front fog light* 35 H8

Stop and tail light LED LED

Rear turn signal light 27 27W

Back-up light 16 or 18 16 & 18W

Rear side marker LED LED

High mounted stop light LED ·

License plate light 5 W5W

Front map lamp* 10 W10W

Center room lamp 10 C10W

Trunk room lamp* 5 C5W

Rear personal lamp* 10 C10W


48

TIRES AND WHEELS

CAUTIONWhen replacing tires, use the samesize originally supplied with thevehicle.Using tires of a different size candamage the related parts or make itwork irregularly.

Inflation pressure

psi (kPa)

Front Rear Front Rear

P205/65R16 94H 6.5J×16 235 (34) 235 (34) 235 (34) 235 (34)

P215/55R17 93V 6.5J×17 235 (34) 235 (34) 235 (34) 235 (34)

T125/80D16 97M 4.0T×16420 420 420 420

(60) (60) (60) (60)

Full size tire

Compactspare tire *2

Wheel lug nut torque

lb•ft (kg•m, N•m)

9~11

(65~79, 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

Normal load *1 Maximum load

*1 Normal load : Up to 3 persons

5


RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIESTo help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-

omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measurein everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill) Recommended (or equivalent)

4.76 US qt. (4.5 l) API Service SM*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above

Automatic transaxle fluid 6.87 US qt. (6.5 l) MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IVNOCA ATF SP-IV, KIA genuine ATF SP-IV

Coolant 6.97~7.29 US qt.

(6.6~6.9 l)Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol base

coolant for aluminum radiator)

Inverter coolant 2.39 US qt. (2.26 l) Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol basecoolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake fluid0.7~0.8 US qt.

(0.7~0.8 l)FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 17.2 US gal. (65 l) Unleaded gasoline

8


68

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider therange of temperature your vehicle will beoperated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use theengine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API Service SM/ ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available,select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscositychart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

8 7


The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your vehi-cle and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.

VIN labelThe VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

The vehicle certification label attatchedon the driver’s side center pillar gives thevehicle identification number (VIN).

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OVQ076002N

VIN Label

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OTF080001

OTF080002


88

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

The refrigerant label is located on theengine hood.

OMG055004

ENGINE NUMBER

OYFH081003N OTFH081005N

REFRIGERANT LABELTIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

Kia HYBRID SYSTEM / H2

OPTIMA HYBRID ENERGY FLOW / H4

STARTING THE HYBRID VEHICLE / H6

THE COMPONENTS OF HYBRID VEHICLE / H8

Hybrid System Overview

H2

Kia Hybrid-Electric Vehicle (HEV) usesa gasoline engine and an electricmotor for power. The electric motor isrun from a 270V high voltage HEV bat-tery.The HEV computer decides when touse the engine and when to use elec-tric motor, according to driving condi-tions. At times, both are used simulta-neously.By turning off the engine under cer-tain conditions and using the electricmotor alone, the HEV system savesfuel.When the HEV battery reaches a lowstate of charge, the engine will cycleon and off to recharge the battery.Charging also occurs when decelerat-ing by using regenerative braking.

Hybrid System DisplayMany of the displays provide informationabout the hybrid system, such as theECO Level and ECO Score.The ECO Level displays inform the driverof the vehicle's fuel efficiency. If the vehi-cle is driven economically, the ECO Levelrises. When the vehicle is driven in EVmode, there is a reduction in carbon diox-ide (CO2) emissions.The Total ECO Score display indicatesthe number of times the ECO Level hasreached its maximum.

ECO Level display

When the vehicle is started, the ECOLevel display will indicate level number 4.If you drive economically, the ECO Levelwill increase. However, if you do not driveeconomically, the ECO Level willdecrease.

Kia HYBRID SYSTEM

OTFH042300

H3

Total ECO Score display

If your ECO Level reaches its maximum,your Total ECO Score automatically risesby 1 point. Total ECO Score points aresaved and accumulate over time.The image displayed on Total ECO Scorewill change continuously, adding leavesand flowers to a branch.

State of chargeThe state of charge (SOC) gauge indi-cates the hybrid battery's charge level. Ifthe SOC is near Low (L) level, the vehicleautomatically operates the engine tocharge the battery. However, if the serv-ice indicator and MIL(Malfunction indica-tor lamp) turn on when the State ofCharge(SOC) is near L, the vehicleshould be towed. Refer to the chapter 6.

OTFH042301C

OTFH040225N

WARNING Never crank the engine for a pro-longed time without the enginestarting. This could result in theHEV battery becoming totally dis-charged and is likely to be dam-aged.

H4

Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers ofenergy flow in various operating modes.Twelve Modes show drivers the currentoperating condition.

Vehicle Stop

The mode means the vehicle at stop.(No energy flow)

EV Propulsion

Electric power is used to move the vehi-cle. (Battery ➞ Wheel)

Power Assist

Electric and Engine power are used tomove the vehicle.(Battery & Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Only Propulsion

Engine power is used to move the vehi-cle. (Engine ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation

Vehicle is stopped with the Engine charg-ing the hybrid battery.(Engine ➞ Battery)

OPTIMA HYBRID ENERGY FLOW



OTFH040221N

H5

Regeneration

Hybrid battery is being charged byregenerative braking.(Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake

The vehicle is being slowed by enginecompression.(Wheel ➞ Engine)

Power Reserve

Engine is both driving the vehicle andcharging the hybrid battery.(Engine ➞ Wheel & Battery)

Engine Generation/Motor Drive

The vehicle is being slowed by enginecompression and regenerative brak-ing. The hybrid battery is beingcharged by regenerative braking.(Engine ➞ Battery ➞ Wheel)

Engine Generation/Regeneration

The engine and regenerative brake sys-tem charges the hybrid battery.(Engine & Wheel ➞ Battery)

Engine Brake/Regeneration

The engine friction is used to vehiclebrake system and the regenerative brakecharges the hybrid battery.(Wheel ➞ Engine & Battery)


OTFH040222NOTFH040216NOTFH040220N

OTFH040224N

H6

Starting the Hybrid System1.Carry the smart key into the vehicle.2.Make sure the parking brake is firmly

applied.3.Place the shift lever in the P(Park)

position.In N (neutral) position, you can notstart the vehicle.

4.Depress the brake pedal.5.Press the engine start/stop button.6.The engine should be started without

pressing the accelerator. In extremelycold weather or after the vehicle hasnot been operated fro several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,

if it is far away from you, the enginemay not start.

• When the engine start/stop button isin the ACC or ON position, if any dooris open, the system checks for thesmart key. If the smart key is not inthe vehicle, the warning, "Key is notin vehicle" will come on, and if alldoors are closed, the chime will alsosound for about 5 seconds. The indi-cator will turn off while the vehicle ismoving. Keep the smart key in thevehicle when using the ACC positionor if the vehicle engine is on.

If the starting procedure is followed,the "READY" symbol on the instru-ment cluster will turn on. For moredetails, Please check chapter 5.

ECONOMICAL and SAFE OPERA-TION of Hybrid system• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mod-

erate rate and maintain a steady cruis-ing speed. Don't make "jack-rabbit"starts. Don't race between stoplights.Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• The regenerative brake generatesenergy when the vehicle decelerates.

• When the hybrid battery power is low,the hybrid system automaticallyrecharges the hybrid battery.

• When the engine runs in "N" position,the hybrid system cannot generateelectricity. The hybrid battery cannotrecharge in "N" position. Please referto chapter 5.

STARTING THE HYBRID VEHICLE (SMART KEY)

H7

✽✽ NOTICEIn the hybrid system, the engine auto-matically runs and stops. If the hybridsystem operates, the "READY" symbolis illuminated.In the following situations, the enginemay turn on and off automatically:- When the hybrid battery is dis-

charged- When the hybrid battery reaches a

certain temperature.

H8

THE COMPONENTS OF HYBRID VEHICLE

1. Engine : 2.4L2. Motor : 30kW3. Transmission : 6AT4. Hybrid starter generator (HSG)5. High voltage battery system

6. HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)7. Electric Water Pump (EWP)8. Brake system with hydraulic compressor9. Electric air-conditioning compressor10. Electric Oil Pump (EOP)

OTFH020001N

H9

The Hybrid battery uses high voltage topoperate the electric motor and othercomponents and other components. Highvoltage is dangerous if touched.Your vehicle is equipped with orange col-ored insulation and covers over the highvoltage components to protect peoplefrom electric shock. High voltage warninglabels are attached to some system com-ponents as additional warnings. Yourvehicle's hybrid system should thereforeonly be inspected or repaired by anauthorized Kia dealer.

WARNING Never touch orange or high voltagelabeled components including wires,cables, and connections. If the insu-lators or covers are damaged orremoved, severe injury or death fromelectrocution may occur.

WARNING When you replace the fuses, in theengine compartment, never touchthe HPCU.If you touch the HPCU, you may getelectrocuted resulting in injury ordeath.

OYFH021005N

OYFH021004N

HPCU

HEV Battery

H10

THE COMPONENTS OF HYBRID VEHICLE (CONT.)

WARNING As with all batteries, avoid fluidcontact with the Hybrid battery. Ifthe battery is damaged and if elec-trolyte comes in contact with yourbody, clothes or eyes, immediatelyflush with a large quantity of freshwater.

WARNING Do not use an after-market batterycharger to charge the Hybrid bat-tery. Doing so may result in deathor serious injury.

WARNING - High Waters• Avoid high waters as this may

result in your vehicle becomingsaturated with water and couldcompromise the high voltagecomponents.

• Do not touch the any of the highvoltage components within yourvehicle if your vehicle has beensubmerged in water equal to halfof the vehicle height. Touchinghigh voltage components oncesubmerged in water could resultin severe burns or electric shockthat could result in deather orserious injury.

WARNING - Carrying Liquids in Trunk

Do load large amounts of water inopen containers into the vehicle. Ifthe water spills onto the HEV bat-tery, it may cause a short and dam-age the battery.

OYFH021002N

Motor

H11

CAUTION - CleaningEngine

When you clean the engine com-partment, do not wash using water.Water may cause electric arcing tooccur and damage electronic partsand components.

WARNING - Exposure to High Voltage

• High voltage in the hybrid batterysystem is very dangerous andcan cause severe burns and elec-tric shock.This may result in seri-ous injury or death.

• For your safety, never touch,replace, dismantle or remove anyportion of the hybrid battery sys-tem including components,cables and connectors.

WARNING - Use of Wateror Liquids

If water or liquids come into con-tact with the hybrid system compo-nents, and you are also in contactwith the water, severe injury ordeath due to electrocution mayoccur.

WARNING - HotComponents

When the hybrid battery systemoperates, the HEV battery systemcan be hot. Heat burns may resultfrom touching even insulated com-ponents of the HEV system.

H12

Service plugThis service plug (1) located in the reartrunk as shown should always be pulledout to disconnect and turn off the hybridsystem.IMPORTANT: Wait 5 minutes after thislever is disconnected to work on thecar. It is to be assured all remainingcharge in the system dissipated.

Some Special Features of theHybrid Vehicle.Hybrid vehicles sound different thangasoline engine vehicles. When thehybrid system operates, you may hear asound from the hybrid battery systembehind the rear seat. If you apply theaccelerator pedal rapidly, you may hear asound. when you apply the brake pedal,you may hear a sound from the regener-ative brake system. When the hybrid sys-tem is turned off or on, you may hear asound in the engine compartment. If youdepress the brake pedal repeatedlywhen the hybrid system is turned on, youmay hear a sound in the engine com-partment. None of these sounds indicatea problem.They are characteristics of hybrid vehi-cles.

When the hybrid system is turned on, theengine may run. This does not indicate amalfunction. If the "READY" symbol is on,the hybrid system is operating. Even ifthe gasoline engine is off, you can oper-ate the vehicle.

The HEV system may emit electromag-netic waves which can affect the per-formance of electronic devices appli-ances, such as laptop computers, whichare not part of the vehicle design.

If you park the vehicle for a long time, thehybrid system will discharge.You need todrive the vehicle several times per monthto maintain a charge.

OYFH061020N


H13

When you start the hybrid system in the"P" transmission position, the "READY"symbol is illuminated in the cluster. Thedriver can drive the vehicle even if theengine is stopped.

Virtual Engine SoundSystem(VESS)The Virtual Engine Sound System gener-ates engine sound for pedestrians tohear vehicle sound because there is nosound while motor power is used.

The hybrid battery air intake is locatedbehind the rear seats.The hybrid batteryair intake is used to cool the hybrid bat-tery. If the hybrid battery air intake isblocked, the hybrid battery may overheat.Do not cover the air intake with objects.

WARNINGWhen you leave the vehicle, youshould turn off the hybrid system. Ifyou depress the accelerator pedalby mistake and the vehicle is not inthe "P" position, the vehicle willaccelerate. This may result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Air Intake• Blocking the air intake behind the

rear seats may damage the HEVbattery.

• Do not allow any water into theair intake even when cleaning. Ifany water enters the air intake,the Hybrid battery may cause anelectric shock which can causeserious injury or death due toelectrocution.

OTFH020030N

H14

If An Accident Occurs• Avoid the engine compartment.• Avoid any orange or high voltage

wires, cables, or components.• Assume that a high voltage component

is exposed and move away from thevehicle as promptly as possible.

• Refer to Chapter 6 for towing informa-tion or call Kia Roadside Assistance.

When the hybrid vehicle shuts offWhen the high voltage battery or 12-voltbattery discharges, or fuel tank is empty,the hybrid system may not operate.If the Hybrid system stops operatingwhile the vehicle is moving, reduce thevehicle speed gradually. Pull your vehi-cle off the road in a safe area, and shiftthe transmission in to Park (P) positionand;1.Turn on the hazard warning flashers.2.Set the start button at OFF, and try to

start the Hybrid system by applying thebrake pedal and pushing the start but-ton.

3. If the Hybrid system will not operate,refer to "EMERGENCY STARTING" inchapter 6.

Before you try to jump start the vehicle,confirm the fuel level. If the fuel level islow add more fuel before attempting asemergancy start.


WARNING - AccidentVehicle

Never touch electric wires or cable.If exposed electric wires or cablesare visible inside or outside of yourvehicle, an electric shock mayoccur.

WARNING - PUTTING OUTFIRE

Never use water to put out a fire inyour vehicle. If a fire occurs, evalu-ate the car immediately and contactthe fire department

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bags··········································································3-34Air bag warning label ··················································3-57Air bag warning light ··················································3-37Curtain air bag ·····························································3-49Driver's and passenger's front air bag··························3-45Occupant detection system··········································3-40Side impact air bag······················································3-48SRS components and functions···································3-38

Air cleaner ·····································································7-30Air conditioning·······························································8-2Antenna (glass) ····························································4-117Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ······································5-18Appearance care ··························································· 7-61

Exterior care ································································7-61Interior care ·································································7-66

Armrest ··········································································3-15Audio system ·······························································4-117

Glass antenna·····························································4-117Steering wheel audio control·····································4-118

Automatic climate control system ·································4-96Air conditioning ························································4-103Climate control air filter ············································4-106Economy air conditioning ·········································4-104Heating and air conditioning ·······································4-98

Automatic transaxle ·························································5-9Shift lock system ·························································5-13

Aux, USB and iPod port··············································4-119

Battery············································································7-35Battery··············································································8-2Battery saver function····················································4-86Before driving ··································································5-3Bottle holders, see cup holders····································4-113Brake system··································································5-14

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ····································5-18Electronic stability control (ESC) ·······························5-20Hill-start assist control (HAC) ····································5-23Parking brake·······························································5-16Power brakes································································5-14

Brakes fluid····································································7-28Bulb wattage ····································································8-3Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button·················5-5

A

B

I 3

Index

Camera (Rear view)·······················································4-84Capacities (Lubricants) ····················································8-5Capacity/weight ·······························································8-2Care

Exterior care ································································7-61Interior care ·································································7-66Tire care ······································································7-38

Cargo weight··································································5-45Center console storage·················································4-111Central door lock switch················································4-14Certification label ··························································5-43Certification label ····························································8-7Changing tires (with spare tire) ·····································6-13Checking tire inflation pressure·····································7-39Child restraint system ····················································3-27

Lower anchor system···················································3-31Seat belt ·······································································3-16Tether anchor system···················································3-30

Child-protector rear door lock ·······································4-15Climate control air filter·····································4-106, 7-31Clock (Digital) ·····························································4-115Clothes hanger ·····························································4-115Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ···············4-47Compact spare tire (with spare tire) ······························6-19Compact spare tire replacement ····································7-42Coolant···········································································7-24

Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ··································7-24Crankcase emission control system·······························7-68Cruise control system ····················································5-27Cup holder ···································································4-113Curtain air bag ·······························································3-49

Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel illumination··································································4-47

Dashboard, see instrument cluster ·································4-47Defogging (Windshield) ··············································4-108Defogging logic (Windshield) ·····································4-109Defroster (Rear window) ···············································4-96Defrosting (Windshield) ··············································4-108Digital clock·································································4-115Dimensions ······································································8-3Display illumination, see instrument panel

illumination··································································4-47Displays, see instrument cluster ····································4-47Door locks······································································4-12

Central door lock switch ·············································4-14Child-protector rear door lock·····································4-15

Drinks holders, see cup holders···································4-113Driver's 3-point system with evergency locking

retractor········································································3-18Driver's air bag·······························································3-45Driving at night······························································5-34

C

D

Index

4I

Driving in flooded areas ················································5-35Driving in the rain··························································5-35

Economical operation ····················································5-31Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink

system ··········································································4-37Electric power steering ··················································4-34Electronic stability control (ESC) ·································5-20Emergency starting ··························································6-5

Jump starting ·································································6-5Push starting ··································································6-6

Emergency while driving·················································6-3Emission control system················································7-68

Crankcase emission control system·····························7-68Evaporative emission control System ·························7-68Exhaust emission control system ································7-69

Engine ··············································································8-2Engine compartment ················································2-4, 7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-24Engine number·································································8-8Engine oil·······································································7-22Engine overheats······························································6-7Engine start/stop button ···················································5-5Engine temperature gauge ·············································4-50

Evaporative emission control System····························7-68Exhaust emission control system···································7-69Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···············7-19Exterior care···································································7-61

Flat tire (with spare tire) ················································6-13Changing tires······························································6-14Compact spare tire·······················································6-19Jack and tools ······························································6-13Removing and storing the spare tire····························6-14

Flat tire (with tire mobility kit) ·····································6-21Floor mat anchor(s) ·····················································4-116Fluid

Brakes fluid ·································································7-28Washer fluid·································································7-29

Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with combination locking retractor ·····································3-19

Front seat adjustment·······················································3-4Fuel filler lid ··································································4-25Fuel gauge······································································4-49Fuel requirements ····························································1-3Fuse/relay panel description ··········································7-55Fuses ··············································································7-51

Fuse/relay panel description········································7-55Instrument panel fuse ··················································7-52Memory fuse································································7-52Multi fuse ····································································7-54

EF

I 5

Index

GaugeEngine temperature gauge ···········································4-50Fuel gauge ···································································4-49

Glass antenna ·······························································4-117Glove box·····································································4-111

Hazard warning flasher··················································4-80Hazardous driving conditions······································· 5-33Headrest··································································3-8, 3-13HEV powertrain·······························································1-5Highway driving ····························································5-36Homelink mirror, see the Electric chromic mirror (ECM)

with homeLink system ················································4-37Hood···············································································4-24Horn ···············································································4-35How to use this manual ···················································1-2Hybrid

Kia Hybrid system ·························································H2State of charge (SOC)····················································H3Optima hev energy flow ·······································H4, 4-53The componets of hybrid vehicle ··································H8The air intake of hybrid battery ···································H13The READY indicator ·················································4-52The ECO level display mode·········································H2

The EV MODE····························································4-62The service indicator ···················································4-62The ECO GUIDE ························································4-51

Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ···················1-6Indicators and warnings·················································4-61Inside rearview mirror ···················································4-37Instrument cluster ··························································4-47

Engine temperature gauge ···········································4-50Fuel gauge ···································································4-49Instrument panel illumination ·····································4-48Odometer ·····································································4-48Speedometer ································································4-48Trip computer ······························································4-52Warning and indicators················································4-61

Instrument panel fuse·····················································7-52Instrument panel illumination········································4-48Instrument panel overview···············································2-3Interior care····································································7-66Interior features····························································4-113

Aux, USB and iPod port············································4-119Clothes hanger ···························································4-115Cup holder ·································································4-113Digital clock ······························································4-115Floor mat anchor(s) ···················································4-116Power outlet······························································ 4-114Sunvisor ·····································································4-113

I

G

H

Index

6I

Interior light ·································································· 4-93Interior overview······························································2-2Inverter coolant ······························································7-24

Jack and tools (with spare tire)······································6-13Jump starting····································································6-5

LabelAir bag warning label ··················································3-57Tire sidewall labeling ··················································7-43Tire specification and pressure label ·····························8-8Vehicle certification label ··············································8-7

Latch system, see lower anchor system·························3-31Lighting··········································································4-86

Battery saver function··················································4-86Lower anchor system·····················································3-31Lubricants and capacities·················································8-5

MaintenanceExplanation of scheduled maintenance items ·············7-19Maintenance services·····················································7-3Maintenance under severe usage conditions ···············7-18Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-8Owner maintenance ·······················································7-5Scheduled maintenance service·····································7-7Tire maintenance ·························································7-43

Maintenance schedule······················································7-8Maintenance under severe usage conditions ···············7-18Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-8

Maintenance services·······················································7-3Memory fuse··································································7-52Mirrors ···········································································4-37

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with Homelink system·······································································4-37

Inside rearview mirror ·················································4-37Outside rearview mirror ··············································4-44

Multi fuse·······································································7-54

J

L

M

I 7

Index

Neck restraints, see headrest ··································3-8, 3-13

Occupant Detection System···········································3-40Odometer ·······································································4-48Oil (Engine) ···································································7-22Outside rearview mirror·················································4-44Overheats ·········································································6-7Owner maintenance ·························································7-5

Panorama sunroof ··························································4-28Parking brake ·································································5-16Parking brake inspect·····················································7-29Passenger's front air bag ················································3-45Power brakes··································································5-14Power outlet ·································································4-114Power window lock button ··········································· 4-23Pre-tensioner seat belt····················································3-21Push starting·····································································6-6

Rear seat·········································································3-13Rear view camera ··························································4-84Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ··················7-38Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-5

Recommended SAE viscosity number··························8-6Road warning···································································6-2Rocking the vehicle ·······················································5-33

Scheduled maintenance service ·······································7-7Maintenance under severe usage conditions ···············7-18Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-8

Seat belt warning ···························································3-17Seat belts ········································································3-16

Driver's 3-point system with evergency locking retractor ····································································3-18

Front passenger and rear seat 3-point system with combination locking retractor ··································3-19

Hight adjustment ·························································3-19Pre-tensioner seat belt ·················································3-21Seat belt warning ·························································3-17

Seat belts hight adjustment ············································3-19Seat warmer ·····································································3-9Seatback pocket ·····························································3-12

N

O

P

R

S

Index

8I

Seats ·················································································3-2Armrest ········································································3-15Front seat adjustment·····················································3-4Headrest································································3-8, 3-13Rear seat ······································································3-13Seat warmer ···································································3-9Seatback pocket ···························································3-12

Shift lock system ···························································5-13Side impact air bag ························································3-53Smart key ·········································································4-4Smooth cornering···························································5-34Snow tires ······································································5-37Spare tire

Compact spare tire·······················································6-19Compact spare tire replacement ··································7-42Removing and storing the spare tire····························6-14

Special driving conditions ·············································5-33Driving at night ···························································5-34Driving in flooded areas ··············································5-35Driving in the rain ·······················································5-35Hazardous driving conditions······································5-33Highway driving ··························································5-36Rocking the vehicle ·····················································5-33Smooth cornering ························································5-34

Speedometer···································································4-48Sports mode ···································································5-11Starting difficulties, see vehicle will not start ·················6-3Starting the hybrid ··························································5-7

Steering wheel ·······························································4-34Electric power steering ················································4-34Horn·············································································4-35Tilt steering··································································4-35

Steering wheel audio control ·······································4-118Storage compartment ···················································4-111

Center console storage···············································4-111Glove box ··································································4-111Sunglass holder··························································4-112

Sunglass holder····························································4-112Sunvisor ·······································································4-113

Tether anchor system ·····················································3-30Theft-alarm system ··························································4-9Tilt steering ····································································4-35Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-8Tires and wheels ····························································7-38

Checking tire inflation pressure ··································7-39Compact spare tire replacement ··································7-42Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ················7-38Tire care·······································································7-38Tire maintenance ·························································7-43Tire replacement ··························································7-42Tire rotation ·································································7-40Tire sidewall labeling ··················································7-43Tire traction ·································································7-43

T

I 9

Index

Wheel alignment and tire balance ·······························7-41Wheel replacement ······················································7-43

Tires and wheels ······························································8-4Towing ···········································································6-27Trailer towing·································································5-45Transaxle

Automatic transaxle·······················································5-9Trip computer ································································4-52Trunk··············································································4-17Trunk overview ································································2-5

Vehicle certification label ················································8-7Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-7Vehicle load limit·························································· 5-40

Certification ································································5-43Vehicle weight ·······························································5-45

Base curb weight ·························································5-45Cargo weight ·······························································5-45GAW (Gross axle weight) ···········································5-45GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ······························5-45GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ······································5-45GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)·························5-45

Vehicle will not start ························································6-4

Warning and indicators ··················································4-61Washer fluid···································································7-29Weight ············································································5-45

Base curb weight ·························································5-45Cargo weight ·······························································5-45GAW (Gross axle weight) ···········································5-45GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ······························5-45GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ······································5-45GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)·························5-45

Wheel alignment and tire balance ·································7-41Wheel replacement ························································7-43Windows ········································································4-20

Auto down window ·····················································4-22Auto up/down window ················································4-22Power window lock button··········································4-23

Windshield defrosting and defogging··························4-108Defogging logic ·························································4-109

Winter driving································································5-37Snow tires ····································································5-37

Wiper blades ··································································7-32Wipers and washers ·······················································4-90

W

V

kia, the company€¦ · thank you for becoming the owner of a new kia vehicle. as a global car...

Documents